Quarterlytics / Technology / Blancco Technology Group plc

Blancco Technology Group plc

bltg · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker bltg
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Blancco Technology Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7BLANCCO TECHNOLOGY GROUP PLCANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS for the year ended 30 June 2021Stock Code: BLTG Company Number: 05113820Reduce Risk. Increase Efficiency. Be Sustainable.Stock Code: BLTGBLANCCO | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS for the year ended 30 June 2021We provide organisations with secure, compliant, and automated solutions that accelerate the transition to the circular economy.30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   330634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   302/11/2021   18:02:5702/11/2021   18:02:5730634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7IntroductionContentsHighlights01Positioned for Resilient Growth02STRATEGIC REPORTAt a Glance06Investment Case08COVID-19 Impact and Response09Chair’s Statement10Marketplace12Business Model16Strategy and Progress20Strategy in Action22Key Performance Indicators26Chief Executive’s Report30Chief Financial Officer’s Report34Principal Risks and Uncertainties36ESG Report42GOVERNANCEDirectors and Advisors52Directors’ Report54Corporate Governance Report58Audit Committee Report62Remuneration Committee Report66Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities71FINANCIALSIndependent Auditors’ Report74Consolidated Income Statement80Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income81Consolidated Balance Sheet82Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity83Consolidated Cash Flow Statement84Notes to the Accounts85Company Balance Sheet111Company Statement of Changes in Equity112Notes to the Company Accounts113OTHER INFORMATIONNotice of AGM120Glossary124Locations126Blancco provides organisations with secure, compliant, and automated solutions that accelerate the transition to the circular economy. With nearly 25 years of responding to customer needs and 38 patented or patent-pending ideas, Blancco is the industry standard in data erasure and mobile lifecycle solutions. Our dedication to technological innovation empowers top-tier enterprises, IT asset disposition (ITAD) vendors, and mobile industry stakeholders to protect end-of-life data against unauthorised access, comply with data protection requirements, extend the useable life of IT assets, accelerate operations and enhance the mobile customer experience. Read more about us on our website. Our Culture Our vision is to enable companies to responsibly manage their data by erasing concerns for organisations worldwide. Our Environmental ImpactBlancco was one of the first companies to be awarded the London Stock Exchange’s new Green Economy mark accreditation. This certification is given to companies that generate between 50% and 100% of total annual revenues from products and services that contribute to the Green Economy.  Read more on  Our Environmental Impact  on pages 47 to 49  Read more on  Our Culture on pages 42 to 49  Read more on our corporate website: www.blancco.com30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   330634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   302/11/2021   18:02:5802/11/2021   18:02:58OVERVIEW

Highlights

Financial Highlights

Revenue

2021

2020

£36.5m

£33.4m £36.5m

+9%

2020: £33.4m

Adjusted Operating Cash Flow

2021

2020

£10.8m

£7.3m

£10.8m 

+48%

2020: £7.3m

Group Operating Profit/(Loss)

Group Adjusted Operating Profit

2021

£1.8m

2020

(£0.0m)

£1.8m

2020: (£0.0m)

2021

2020

£5.3m

£4.0m

£5.3m

+33%

2020: £4.0m

Net Cash

2021

2020

£10.1m

£6.7m

£10.1m 

+51%

2020: £6.7m

Operational Highlights
•  Continued expansion of our network of blue-chip channel 

partnerships in Enterprise:
−

−

−

−

−

Channel revenue now represents 46% of overall 
Enterprise revenue (2020: 43%)

High customer retention levels of 98.4% of largest 
clients (£100k+) in the period

Integration of Blancco Secure Data Erasure with 
ServiceNow has begun generating revenue

ISV Accelerate partner status obtained with Amazon 
Web Services

New partnerships with Infosys and a global hardware 
manufacturer have begun generating revenue

Earnings per share (pence)

2021

1.84p

2020

0.04p

1.84p

2020: 0.04p

  Read more about our financial performance in the Chief 
Financial Officer’s Report on pages 34 and 35

•  Strong geographic reach benefitting performance, with 
particularly strong recovery in North American market 

• 

Increased market share in mobile market with 35.6 million 
devices erased in FY21 (2020: 20.1 million) 

  Read more about our operational performance in 
the Chief Executive’s Report on pages 30 to 33

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:00

02/11/2021   18:03:00

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

01

 
 
 
 
 
30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202102Positioned for Resilient Growth… solutions offerings and  partnerships … Within the technology industry, there is a growing market  for data erasure solutions. An increased awareness of the  use of data sanitisation software, instead of the physical destruction of assets, has resulted in data erasure becoming  a preferred alternative.Data security is also an important focus. The rise in employees working from home due to the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the need for increased data security. These considerations are expected to drive growth in our ITAD and Enterprise markets as trading conditions normalise post COVID-19.There has also been an increased demand from customers for our mobile handset insurance solutions. Using the capabilities developed by the R&D team, mobile insurers can now run diagnostic tests on a mobile device using a mobile app when insurance cover is being sought.In addition, we are continuing to expand our network of blue-chip channel partnerships, which includes Amazon Web Services (AWS), ServiceNow, an agreement with Deloitte, a Master Services Agreement signed with a major Global Systems Integrator, and a partnership with a new global insurer on a mobile handset insurance programme.Our solutions offerings and partnerships, along with our strategic focus on markets that have a growing need for our solutions, means that we are well placed to seize the opportunities that will further our sustainable growth.  Read more about the performance of our solutions offerings in the Chief Executive’s Report on pages 30 to 33Our focus on …30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   230634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   202/11/2021   18:03:0202/11/2021   18:03:0230634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V703www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG OVERVIEWBlancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021… Environmental, Social, and Governance considerations …Environmental, social, and governance (ESG) considerations and impacts are growing in importance for organisations in today’s marketplace, which is driving a greater awareness and use of our solutions. Our strong ESG credentials are highlighted in the following ways:• Our products and solutions are environmentally friendly: −We focus on data erasure instead of asset disposal −We adhere to data protection and environmental regulations −The London Stock Exchange awarded us its Green Economy mark, which recognises listed companies that derive 50% or more of their revenues from environmental solutions• We focus on our employees’ training, engagement and wellbeing, and we are committed to further improving diversity and inclusion within the Group. In addition, customers are important to us, and we strive to meet their evolving needs. Driving best practice within our industry is also a key consideration for us, so we work within the technical communities to help establish standards.• Our Board is committed to promoting good governance and strong financial management across the Group.  Read more about our products on pages 20 to 25  Read more about our ESG on pages 42 to 49… and research and  development …We develop intellectual property and add resource to our Research & Development division, thus improving our solutions offerings. Our focus also includes research and thought leadership. This helps to ensure our competitive advantage and provides us with resilience in the marketplace.  Read more about our strategy on pages 20 and 21… positions us for long-term sustainable growth that benefits all of our stakeholders.  Read more about our Investment Case on page 0830634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   330634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   302/11/2021   18:03:0402/11/2021   18:03:0430634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20210430634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   430634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   402/11/2021   18:03:0402/11/2021   18:03:0430634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202105www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTAt a Glance06Investment Case08COVID-19 Impact and Response09Chair’s Statement10Marketplace12Business Model16Strategy and Progress20Strategy in Action22Key Performance Indicators26Chief Executive’s Report30Chief Financial Officer’s Report34Principal Risks and Uncertainties36ESG Report4230634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   530634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   502/11/2021   18:03:0402/11/2021   18:03:0430634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Our MarketsOur CulturePublic and private sector enterprises must guard against data vulnerabilities, comply with numerous data protection regulations, efficiently use resources and incorporate eco-friendly practices – all within a complex portfolio of IT assets. Our certified data erasure software performs at scale, eradicating data within active networks and across IT assets, from fleets of devices to multi-location data centres or cloud storage. IT Asset Disposition (ITAD) Providers Blancco provides certified erasure at scale for recyclable data storage assets, increasing the number of used drives and devices preserved for resale. With 20+ years of partnering with ITADs, Blancco provides IT recycling and remarketing organisations worldwide with labour-saving solutions. These accelerate end-of-life IT asset erasures, grading processes, device valuations and time to market – minimising costs and maximising returns. Blancco offers solutions for each touchpoint along the mobile lifecycle, serving OEMs, carriers, retailers, insurance providers, refurbishers and resellers:• Automated diagnostics accurately determine device condition, support trade-ins and insurance transactions and reduce returns. • Intelligent, tailorable workflows accelerate processes for high-volume erasure, grading and market valuation before device resale. • Innovative app expands sales and upgrade opportunities outside bricks-and-mortar environments, improving customer experience. Our Mission: To deliver the highest quality technology and efficient data management processes by leveraging our global expertise in data and asset lifecycle solutionsOur Vision: To enable companies to responsibly manage their data by erasing concerns for organisations worldwideOur Values: • One Global Team• Customer Focused Organisation• Innovative Technology• Honesty and Integrity• Professional and Ambitious Workforce• Sustainability• Our Culture: We believe in an environment where people welcome and expect opposing views, think on their feet and adapt calmly to changing circumstancesEnterpriseMobileITAD06Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021At a Glance30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   630634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   602/11/2021   18:03:0502/11/2021   18:03:05STRATEGIC REPORT

Revenue Percentage by Division:

Who Uses Our Products

31%

GENDER 
DIVERSITY

39%

Enterprise

Mobile

ITAD

30%

Where We Operate:

•  Multi National Enterprises

•  Governments

•  OEMs

•  Mobile Carriers and Processors

• 

IT Asset Disposition Companies

•  Service Integrators

• 

Insurance Providers

•  Charitable Organisations

North America

Canada

Mexico

United States

Europe

Austria

Belgium

Croatia

Cyprus

Czech  
Republic

Denmark

Estonia

Finland

France

Germany

Greece

Hungary

Iceland

Ireland

Italy

Latvia

Poland

Romania

Serbia

Slovakia

Slovenia

Liechtenstein

Spain

Lithuania

Sweden

Luxembourg

Switzerland

Monaco

Montenegro

Netherlands

Norway

Turkey

United  
Kingdom

Asia & Rest of the World

Australia

Israel

Bangladesh

Ivory Coast

Botswana

Brazil

Brunei

China

Colombia

DR Congo

Japan

Kenya

Kuwait

Malaysia

Mauritius

Morocco

Ghana

New Zealand

Guadeloupe

Oman

Hong Kong 

Philippines

India

Indonesia

Qatar

Russian  
Federation

Saudi Arabia

Senegal

Singapore

South Africa

South Korea

Taiwan

Thailand

Tunisia

United Arab 
Emirates

Vietnam

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

07

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   7

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   7

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:05

02/11/2021   18:03:05

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

Investment Case

1 Unique Solutions

•  Data erasure solutions meet 22 
standards, along with 14 global 
certificates, approvals and 
recommendations

•  Constantly developing and improving 
our solutions by developing new 
IP through R&D and collaborative 
partnerships

  Read more about our business model  
on pages 16 and 17

2 Strong Financials

•  Solid cash position

opportunity for investment

•  Balance sheet provides stability and 

•  Significant revenue and profit growth 

year-on-year

  Read more about our financial performance  
on pages 34 and 35

3 Growing Markets

•  Need for data erasure and data 

sanitisation solutions is growing, due 
to growth in data and greater focus of 
business models on digital processes

•  Growing use of mobiles and second-
hand mobile market, requiring data 
erasure and sanitisation solutions

  Read more about our marketplace  
on pages 12 to 14

4 Targeted Growth Strategy

•  Strategy is focused on markets that have 
a growing need for Blancco’s solutions

•  Strategy ensures Blancco will have 
leading positions in these markets

5 Brand and Reputation

standard in our industry

•  Blancco’s solutions are seen as the 

  Read more about our certifications on page 14

6 A Sustainable  

Business Model
•  Blancco’s solutions enable the reuse 
and recycling of IT assets while 
protecting sensitive data. The assets 
would otherwise be destroyed and sent 
to landfill

•  Blancco has been awarded the 

LSE Green Economy Award in 
recognition of data sanitisation being 
an environmentally friendly method 
of managing data, as opposed to the 
physical destruction of assets

  Read more in our ESG report on pages 42 to 49

7 Geographical Reach

Blancco is truly a global operation with 
offices in 15 countries and revenue being 
generated in over 70. This enables growth 
to continue through periods of economic 
pressure, as seen in the ongoing pandemic 
period, where the impact is varied in 
different regions at different times

  Read more about where we operate on page 07

  Read more about our strategy on pages 20 to 25

08

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   8

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   8

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:07

02/11/2021   18:03:07

STRATEGIC REPORT

COVID-19 Impact and Response

While the COVID-19 pandemic has brought a number of unwelcome challenges, 
we are proud of how Blancco and our employees have coped with these 
challenges and how the business has continued to grow revenue and profit 
through the period. In this section, we focus on the two stakeholder groups 
that received the greatest focus, how they adapted to the challenges and the 
opportunities that are arising as we emerge from the pandemic.

Employees
Blancco took the decision in early 2020 to close all of the 
Group’s offices when it became clear how serious the threat of 
the COVID-19 pandemic had become. 

With over 300 employees based in 15 countries, Blancco 
does not have a central head office and many of our 
employees have worked from home for a long period before 
2020. As a result, the switch to a completely remote workforce 
was relatively smooth. Our IT systems were in place to enable 
remote working and our employees are familiar with using 
technology solutions to communicate with colleagues who 
may be based in other countries.

We set up a number of regular meetings to make sure that all 
employees were maintaining contact with each other and were 
up to date with developments in their own country as well as 
developments around the world.

Our sales and marketing teams in particular have had to adapt 
to new ways of working without being able to travel, which 
has made it impossible to meet customers and prospects 
in person. The marketing team have increasingly used 
technology to hold events for lead generation while the sales 
team have also been reliant on tools such as Microsoft Teams 
for communicating with customers. It is to their credit that the 
Company has continued to grow strongly through FY21.

At the date of writing, vaccination programmes are being rolled 
out at varying speeds around the world, and we expect to 
reopen offices once populations are largely vaccinated and it’s 
clear that a return to an office is safe for our teams.

We also recognise that many of our team members have 
appreciated the flexibility that has been afforded from being 
able to work remotely and we intend to maintain a good level of 
flexibility for employees where we can.

  Read more about our solutions on pages 20 and 21

  Read more about financial performance on pages 34 and 35

  Read more about our governance on pages 58 to 61

Customers
The early months of the pandemic in the first half of 2020 were 
challenging in terms of being able to secure new customers, 
while IT teams at our customers were focused on enabling 
employees to work remotely, which, in many cases, meant they 
were purchasing new items of equipment and not disposing of 
older ones. However, our high levels of repeat business meant 
that we maintained revenue levels through those difficult times.

As we emerge from the pandemic, a number of opportunities 
are arising for Blancco and our customers: 

Remote working – It is likely that many companies will allow 
employees to continue to work remotely for some part of 
their working week. This presents challenges for IT teams 
when assets need to be returned. For example, if an employee 
leaves or is due a replacement laptop, the old laptop will 
need to be returned to IT and may need to be couriered if the 
employee is not office based. Blancco’s ability to remotely 
erase that asset allows it to be couriered without any sensitive 
data being resident on the device and therefore at risk.

Environmental concerns – Initiatives to protect the planet have 
gained significant momentum through the pandemic period, 
with companies under increasing pressure to improve their 
environmental impact. However, the vast majority of IT assets 
continue to be sent to landfill due to concerns around sensitive 
data being accessed. Secure data sanitisation is the alternative 
to destroying equipment and adding to the e-waste mountain.

Social initiatives – During the pandemic, a digital divide 
was apparent where some children from under-privileged 
backgrounds did not have the equipment to be able to attend 
school lessons over the internet. Blancco has been proud to 
support the “Laptops for Kids” initiative by donating licences 
to erase data from donated computer equipment before it is 
redistributed to those children. Our intention is to continue to 
support this project beyond the pandemic in order to assist in 
closing the digital divide.

Obsolete desktop PCs – It is our belief that the pandemic and 
the shift to remote working has accelerated the demise of the 
desktop PC. Millions of desktop computers will have sat idle on 
empty desks over the past 18 months but will have sensitive 
data stored on them. Once there is a full return to offices, this 
equipment will need to be disposed of and using Blancco’s 
software will mean that that equipment can be returned to the 
circular economy.

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

09

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   9

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   9

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:09

02/11/2021   18:03:09

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7SummaryIn my statement in last year’s annual report, I spoke of the challenges we had faced as a business during the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic but also referred to being encouraged by the medium-term trends that we were seeing. The year has progressed as I expected with a resilient performance in the first half of the year while the world coped with the early stages of the pandemic, followed by very strong growth in the second half of the year as economies began  to reopen.We are among many companies who have taken this time to reflect on how we can operate with an even greater social conscience as we continue to grow. This review has covered the following key areas:Environmental ImpactBlancco’s primary environmental impact is in the use of its software to permanently and certifiably erase all data from IT assets, enabling them to be reused rather than destroyed.  As detailed in our sustainability report on pages 42 to 49, 54.5 million devices were erased using our software this year but we believe that several multiples of this were destroyed and sent to landfill. We will continue to promote our solution and innovate to prompt a shift to a more sustainable method of managing IT assets. We are proud of the Green Economy mark we received from the London Stock Exchange in 2019, and will continue to review how we can further enhance our environmental credentials.Rob Woodward ChairIn my experience, the strongest companies are those which maintain an agile approach and adjust their operating models through times of difficulty and find ways to prosper. Blancco has coped exceptionally well with the challenges of the past 18 months and I am delighted to report on a year of strong revenue, cash generation and profit growth, despite the challenging conditions brought by the pandemic.”Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202110Chair’s Statement30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1030634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1002/11/2021   18:03:1002/11/2021   18:03:10STRATEGIC REPORT

Outlook
We have now had three very strong years of revenue, 
profit and cash generation growth since we refreshed the 
management team in 2018. The key tailwinds for further 
growth remain the data protection regulation in place around 
the world, along with the pressures on companies to improve 
their environmental impact. We are still at the very early 
stages of data sanitisation being adopted as a mainstream 
technology and I am confident that we have the team in place 
to innovate and deliver further periods of growth for Blancco.

I would also like to take this opportunity to thank the Blancco 
management team and employees across the globe who 
have guided the Company through this extraordinary period 
experienced. The team has worked with great resolve and 
spirit to cope with the challenges they have faced over 
the past year and it is to their credit that the Company has 
performed so well.

Rob Woodward
Chair

In our sustainability report, we are also reporting on our own 
carbon footprint for the first time. The 2020 measurement 
shows a much reduced footprint in comparison to 2019 but this 
is primarily due to travel restrictions and office closures. We are 
reviewing the necessity and methods of travel as we hopefully 
return to a less restricted world over the next 12 months. The 
use of technology has shown that fewer meetings need to 
be held in person, which should reduce the amount of travel 
required. As an example, a greater proportion of Blancco Board 
meetings will be held using video conferencing going forwards, 
as the Directors are based in both the UK and US, and this will 
reduce some of the need for travel. Similar initiatives will be 
introduced throughout the business.

Diversity & Inclusion
In this year’s sustainability report, we also report on the racial 
and gender diversity of our workforce. Whilst we have a very 
diverse workforce, based in 15 countries, there are areas we 
can improve upon. We have introduced mandatory Diversity 
and Inclusion (D&I) training for all employees and have created 
an employee forum to canvass opinion on how we can make 
further improvements and embed D&I thinking into our 
corporate culture.

Social Initiatives
We were pleased to offer our support to the “Laptop for Kids” 
campaign during the pandemic. Before computer equipment 
donated by businesses could be redistributed to under-
privileged children, all data had to be securely erased. Blancco 
was approached to donate licences for the campaign and, 
as a consequence, we have helped thousands of children to 
access vital computer equipment so that they could learn 
remotely. This digital divide will be an issue long after the 
pandemic period and we will continue to support projects 
such as this.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

11

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   11

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   11

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:12

02/11/2021   18:03:12

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202112MarketplaceTrend One: ESGContext• Electronic waste management is a constant challenge, with the Global E-waste Statistics Partnership reporting  53 million metric tonnes of e-waste produced in 2019• Mindful of excess waste, resource scarcity, and pollution effects, consumers and investors continue to drive sustainable business practices with their wallets• While environmentally beneficial, ever-compact data storage and smaller devices make extracting some components and natural elements more time consuming and less profitable Opportunities • The advent of 5G and COVID-related IT purchases are increasing amounts of stored data, the number of devices being used and the number of functional devices poised  to enter the secondary economy• With data protection intersecting with demands for greener options, secure data erasure offers an appealing contrast to security-motivated asset destruction Our response • In FY21, Blancco launched highly automated solutions to expedite device processing, valuation, and redeployment; this facilitated faster, more secure, and more profitable opportunities for enterprise, ITAD, and mobile • Blancco has increased the variety of assets that can be securely and efficiently erased, including adding network device erasure capabilities that surpass traditional manual processes in both speed and security Trend Two: Move to remote workingContext• Pandemic-sparked migration from office to home workspaces upended traditional ways of keeping  data secure• Skyrocketing demand for computing devices – PCs, laptops, tablets – bumped against supply shortages• Tech support went remote, affecting employee hiring and separations, maintenance and repairs, and other device end-of-life triggersOpportunities • Rapid change left enterprises unprepared for the security risks of supporting a wide range of assets “out in the wild” beyond physical and administrative oversight• The IT purchasing surge boosted the sale of preowned devices and elevated awareness of the second-hand market and the IT circular economy• Secure, data-free transport of IT assets became increasingly important as businesses experienced employee transitions and device maintenance needs Our response • Blancco highlighted the value of remote data erasure from any location, available to both enterprises and ITADs, within live, non-office environments and across end-of-life assets • New device purchases predict a future uptick in device disposal; with increased automation capabilities across  all markets, we’re well positioned to equip clients to meet that influx• Blancco was also privileged to participate in the “Laptops For Kids” initiative, facilitating secure device reuse by erasing donated assets for homebound studentsPersonal, sensitive, and confidential data remain the focus of both regulators and cyberthreats. The transition to remote work and other marketplace changes highlighted Blancco’s unique role in not just protecting this data, but optimising tools and systems for IT asset management, processing, and resale. Resilient Growth  in the Marketplace30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1230634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1202/11/2021   18:03:1302/11/2021   18:03:1330634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V713www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021STRATEGIC REPORTResilient Growth  in the MarketplaceTrend Three: Cyber attack evolutionContext• Cybercriminals matched the digital transformation to  home working by increasing phishing attempts and ransomware attacks• “Zero trust” became a buzz phrase, fuelled by the SolarWinds breach that still affects US Government and private sector organisations; the attack highlighted criminal stealth, supply chain vulnerabilities, and the need for more aggressive approaches to data protection Opportunities • Defensive data lifecycle management requires an aggressive stance on shrinking the amount of unnecessary data an organisation holds – even while data usage rapidly expands• Both cyber attacks and privacy regulations raise the urgency for putting effective data erasure measures in place – both to remove unneeded data that could be accessed during a breach and to comply with regulatory requirementsOur response • Blancco continued promoting automatic, remote erasure, based on enterprise policy, as part of effective data lifecycle management• Strategic partnerships with AWS and ServiceNow put remote data centre, asset, and file erasure at enterprise fingertips• By easing erasure across a broad set of scenarios, Blancco set up enterprises for seamless cloud migrations, well-documented regulatory compliance, and nearly effortless reduction in no-longer-needed, breach-vulnerable, sensitive data Trend Four: Mobile super cycleContext• Turbulent times initially dented mobile phone sales and restricted in-store visits, yet new-to-market 5G phones have renewed consumers’ appetites for upgrades• Many mobile phone owners plan to trade in their current phones to offset the cost • An upgrade “super cycle”, characterised by elevated sales, is expected to fuel the secondary device market within developing regions using LTE networksOpportunities • Social distancing reinforced online consumer activity, laying the groundwork for on-device transactions,  online trade-ins, and enhanced “anytime, anywhere” customer service• As the global economy recovers and consumers return to confident buying habits, mobile OEMs, retailers, processors, and value-add service providers are all striving to achieve increased efficiencies and market reach Our response • Consumer hesitancy to trade in devices online may be offset by unprecedented erasure and processing visibility available through the Blancco Mobile Solutions app• Blancco’s in-app diagnostics reduce fraudulent insurance sign ups and claims, as well as unnecessary repair transactions; this expands market opportunities and improves customer service • Improved automation and integration capabilities increase efficiency and reduce operations costs throughout the mobile device lifecycle30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1330634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1302/11/2021   18:03:1802/11/2021   18:03:1830634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202114Global CertificationsNYCENetherlands National Communication Security AgencyNational Cyber Security  Centre (NCSC)The Federal Service for Technical and Export Control (FSTEC)MEXICONETHERLANDSUKRUSSIABSI – Federal Office for Information SecurityCertified for Common Criteria (ISO 15408)Swedish Armed ForcesGERMANYVARIOUSSWEDENABWwCentral Information Systems Security DivisionThe Polish Internal Security AgencyFRANCEPOLANDGlobal Approvals and Recommendations NSMAsset Disposal & Information Security Alliance (ADISA)The Norwegian National Security Authority*The Defence INFOSEC Product Co-Operation Group of the UKTÜV SaarlandUS AND UKNORWAYUKGERMANYThe Finnish Communications Regulatory AuthorityNATOFINLANDVARIOUSThird-Party EndorsementsONTRACKVARIOUSMarketplace continued*  Certification update  in progress.30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1430634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1402/11/2021   18:03:2002/11/2021   18:03:2030634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202115www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG STRATEGIC REPORT30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1530634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1502/11/2021   18:03:2102/11/2021   18:03:2130634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Our key activities: 1Focused on research, development and thought leadership2Utilising our thought leadership, we develop our solutions and products3We market and sell these products and solutions4We build and maintain relationships with our partners and customers5We utilise the revenue from our solutions to reinvest back into our thought leadershipOur key resources: EXPERTISEOver 20 years’ experience of providing data erasure software solutionsINTELLECTUAL PROPERTY38 patents granted or filedLOCATIONSGlobal reach with offices in 15 countriesACCREDITATIONSSoftware tested, certified, and approved by 14 governing bodies around the worldTESTING CAPABILITIESMobile diagnostics solution includes over 50 automated tests to find errors on all Android and iOS mobile devicesPEOPLEExperienced team of  300+ employees worldwideBlancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202116Business Model30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1630634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1602/11/2021   18:03:2202/11/2021   18:03:2230634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Our competitive advantages:BREADTH OF COVERAGEApproach data erasure as an integral part of the information lifecycle management process, helping enterprises of all sizes meet their security and compliance needsCUSTOMER BASEA growing and loyal global customer base SIGNIFICANT BARRIERS TO ENTRYGrowing patent portfolio and regional certifications widens the gapINVESTING IN INNOVATION38 patents now either granted or filedCERTIFICATIONSBlancco data erasure solutions have been tested, certified, approved, and recommended by 14 governing bodies and leading organisations around the worldEXPERIENCEOver 20 years of providing leading data erasure solutionsQUALITYISO 9001 and ISO 27001 certified development centresValue created for our stakeholders:EMPLOYEESThe opportunity to work for a growing, market-leading, experienced business with global operationsEND USERSThe knowledge that their data has been completely erased, the “right to be forgotten” (Article 17, GDPR)CUSTOMERSOur 2,000+ customers gain secure, auditable solutions, innovative products, and peace of mind that enable them to meet their regulatory requirementsINVESTORSOpportunity to create significant value from  a growth business17www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021STRATEGIC REPORT30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1730634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1702/11/2021   18:03:2202/11/2021   18:03:2230634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202118Business Model continued12With the advent of 5G connectivity and widespread telework habits, consumers are expected to increase demand for new mobile devices. Related trade-ins will fuel the secondary device market, creating a once-a-decade “super cycle”. At the same time, suppliers along the device lifecycle need to reach new markets, reduce labour costs, increase customer care, and deliver more precise and convenient outcomes. This creates fertile soil for automation, transparency, and remote service delivery along each step of the mobile device journey: new device purchase, value-added purchasing, ongoing customer service, end-of-life data erasure, and used device processing. In this final stage, multiple options exist, including preparing used devices for redeployment or resale – and restarting the mobile device journey. Blancco simplifies buy-back/trade-in (BBTI) programmes that incentivise in-store and online device purchases. Automated workflows speedily assess device condition and trade-in value and wirelessly transfer content from old device to new – in-store or remotely. Precise assessments and lock-removal solutions also reduce rejections by warehouses and OEMs, increasing BBTI reimbursement. Most consumers turn down insurance at first. Yet Blancco’s mobile app provides a low-risk, high-reward way to reach the uninsured remotely with post-sale enrolment opportunities and on-the-spot device assessments – that’s whether a device is two days old or on its second life. And, when it comes to insurance payouts, Blancco’s efficient and accurate on-device identification and assessment tools help clients significantly reduce the risk of fraudulent claims. Mobile Device JourneyWith both new and used smartphone sales predicted to continue growing globally (Gartner, IDC), Blancco is well positioned to serve mobile OEMs, carriers, retailers, insurance providers, refurbishers, and resellers. Our innovative mobile solutions are built on more than 25 patented or patent-pending ideas, providing unparalleled data protection, end-to-end processing, and sales efficiencies, and new ways to lower costs and reach untapped markets.Step One: New device purchase Step Two: Value-added purchases 30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1830634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1802/11/2021   18:03:2302/11/2021   18:03:2330634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V719www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021STRATEGIC REPORT345Post-sale customer care is easier when intuitive, on-device diagnostics tools auto-validate device condition against both OEM specifications and repair/return/exchange policies. With objective assessments, immediate support can often reduce unnecessary returns for retailers and manufacturers. Qualified returns can be easily initiated from the user’s device or via a browser. Blancco safely and completely erases user data from devices before return or trade-in, protecting consumers and businesses from having data breached after devices leave their care. Erasure is certified and documented by device ID specifications, then noted as part of the history of that particular device. When mobile processors take in a significant volume of used devices (e.g. from trade-ins or returns), operational efficiency is crucial. Blancco solutions automate erasure, diagnostics, and grading. This cuts labour costs, expedites processing, and results in faster, more objective decisions on component harvesting, recycling, or redeployment into the circular economy. Mobile Device JourneyStep Three: Customer service Step Four: End-of-life data erasure Step Five: Used device processing 30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1930634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   1902/11/2021   18:03:2302/11/2021   18:03:2330634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202120Strategy and ProgressBlancco has a worldwide footprint to sell to and service its target markets and all three markets have an immediate need to buy Blancco’s products due to various trends, including regulation, environmental, security risks and technology change. This expansion will be generated through direct sales and increasingly indirect channels via our international partners.A financial summary of our three end-user markets is provided in our KPIs. Enterprise/Data Centre:Key objectives• Increase revenues through the development of indirect sales channels, comprising both OEM and channel partners• Broaden channel partner base with the introduction of new  blue- chip partners such as AWS, ServiceNow, Deloitte• Continue to develop intellectual property to provide a best-in-class solution for customersPerformance• Revenue increased by 21% to £14.1 million (2020: £11.7 million)• Channel sales increased by 27% to £6.5 million (2020: £5.1 million)• ISV Accelerate partner status obtained with Amazon Web Services• Integration of Blancco Secure Data Erasure with ServiceNow has begun generating revenue • New partnerships with Infosys and a global hardware manufacturer have begun generating revenueCommentary• The Group will continue with the existing strategy over the coming years to enable organisations to cope with the increasing regulatory burden being placed upon them• Increased remote working from the COVID-19 pandemic has increased the quantity of hardware in circulation, which should lead to more devices requiring to be sanitised by organisations• The post-pandemic return to offices is likely to lead to increased disposal of computer equipment that has been sitting idle for many months• Stakeholder pressures on organisations to improve their position on sustainability should lead to data erasure becoming a preferred alternative to the physical destruction of assetsMISSIONTo deliver the highest quality technology and efficient data management processes by leveraging our global expertise in data and asset lifecycle solutionsVISIONTo enable companies to responsibly manage their data by erasing concerns for organisations worldwide30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2030634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2002/11/2021   18:03:2402/11/2021   18:03:2430634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V721www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021STRATEGIC REPORTMobile:Key objectives• Create a leadership position in the mobile asset lifecycle space by providing a broad range of software-based processing solutions that reach across the three markets sectors of Carrier, Retailer and Third-Party Logistics • Add resource to the R&D division to accelerate product development• Continue to work with partners such as AON to push mobile insurance technology into retailersPerformance• Revenue of £10.9 million (2020: £10.8 million)• Revenue growth distorted by the expiry of a major contract with a retailer in December 2019 that contributed  £1.4 million of revenue in FY20Commentary• The new generation of 5G mobile handsets has led to a super cycle of trading in old handsets• The increased cost of new handsets is pushing consumers to be more inclined to trade in old units• The value of used handsets has increased significantly over the course of the yearITAD (IT Asset Disposition):Key objectives• Retain market-leading position in ITAD market• Gain increasing market share in a moderately  growing marketPerformance• Revenue increased by 6% to £11.5 million  (2020: £10.9 million)Commentary• The COVID-19 pandemic has created difficulty for ITAD customers in accessing their customer premises to manage IT assets. There is anticipated to be pent up demand once pandemic restrictions are lifted and employees return to offices• Increased remote working, resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, has increased the quantity of hardware in circulation, which should lead to more devices requiring to be sanitised by organisations• Stakeholder pressures on organisations to improve their position on sustainability should lead to data erasure becoming a preferred alternative to the physical destruction of assets30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2130634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2102/11/2021   18:03:2602/11/2021   18:03:26Strategy in Action

Strategic 
Focus: 
Sanitisation 
of remote 
devices

BFSI Organisation Ensures  
Data Protection by Erasing Laptops  
and LUNs Remotely 

This whitelisted Australian case study addresses the COVID-19 work-from-home 
vs. security conundrum for a highly regulated industry. In essence, Blancco  
made it possible for a top Australian superannuation fund to sanitise home-office 
staff devices for repair or at end of life. Blancco also allowed the fund to  
sanitise active logical unit numbers at its remote data centre while leaving its 
operating system intact.

22

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   22

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   22

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:26

02/11/2021   18:03:26

In the new work-from-home reality, a top Australian 
superannuation fund sanitises employee PCs and laptops 
from a distance with easy-to-use data erasure software. It 
also permanently destroys targeted, end-of-life data in a 
data centre hundreds of miles away. And it does both without 
incurring travel and labour costs.

Using Blancco data erasure solutions, the super fund:

•  Erases data from employee laptops and desktops before 

devices leave home offices

•  Erases end-of-life data in active storage in a telecom 

service provider’s data centre

•  Automates data erasure processes to maximise efficiency

•  Proves compliance with data privacy and security 

regulations with a tamper-proof audit 

Challenge
Like employees all over the world, the vast majority of the 
super fund’s workers shifted to widely dispersed home offices 
in the first half of 2020. When devices needed to be replaced, 
repaired or returned, however, health concerns prevented 
workers from bringing their computers to an IT office (or 
having IT come to them) for secure erasure. Likewise, shipping 
these machines with intact data on them violated good 
security practice: devices in transit were vulnerable to loss, 
tampering or theft.

The super fund also operates a private cloud that houses 
about 800 TB of storage, with the physical infrastructure 
located at a data centre ten hours away from the IT team’s 
headquarters. Yet when data was no longer required for 
business use, targeted data destruction was needed to 
comply with data minimisation rules and for data security.

Particularly in a time of pandemic lockdowns, the super fund 
needed remote erasure for both circumstances.

STRATEGIC REPORT

Solution
To protect the confidential information of its investors and 
follow government regulations, a super fund must provide 
a high level of data security throughout the data lifecycle, 
including at data end of life. Blancco solutions provide 
industry-leading assurance of complete and permanent data 
erasure in support of that requirement. They also provide the 
means to perform secure remote erasure, removing the need 
for physical access to the devices that house the data.

With thousands of employee laptops and desktops no 
longer located at central locations, the super fund’s IT team 
set about implementing a remote erasure process. Using 
Blancco Preinstall, they created an executable file containing 
the erasure software. After pushing the executable out to 
the client using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, 
automated processes carried out the erasure.

Blancco Drive Eraser is Common Criteria Certified by the 
Australasian Certification Authority. Common Criteria is an 
internationally recognised standard (ISO 15408) for evaluating 
information and communications technology security 
products. This certification gave IT decision makers at the 
super fund additional peace of mind about choosing Blancco 
solutions.

To erase data from cloud storage, the team adopted Blancco 
LUN Eraser. Installing the solution in a virtual machine enabled 
the team to easily deploy the erasure software over the 
network and execute it on its 800 TB of storage volumes 
located at the data centre. The solution sanitises data from 
active logical unit numbers (LUNs) while leaving the operating 
system intact, avoiding downtime.

In both cases, the super fund easily deployed Blancco 
solutions with minimal engineering effort. These solutions 
also overcame all limitations of distance, giving the fund’s IT 
staff efficient control over data erasure processes. And they 
provided data security and compliance teams with digitally 
signed certificates of completed erasure, all stored in a central 
location.

Results
Employee laptops and desktops are erased right in their home 
offices so they can be shipped back to a central location with 
no sensitive data on board, whether at device end of life or 
because of requirements for break-fix and repair. IT now also 
has a way to erase individual LUNs from live cloud storage 
located hundreds of miles away, without downtime. For both 
client machines and cloud storage, these remote approaches 
reinforce data security and regulatory compliance – with a 
tamper-proof audit trail – while avoiding the health risks of 
staff travel and while building operational efficiencies. The 
result? Peace of mind for management, as well as assurance 
for hundreds of thousands of stakeholders that protecting 
sensitive data is a high priority for one of Australia’s largest 
super funds.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

23

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   23

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   23

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:27

02/11/2021   18:03:27

Strategy in Action continued

Strategic 
Focus:  
Improving and 
promoting 
sustainability

The Green SIDE of Blancco:  
Four Important Ways we Support 
Sustainable Technology Use

Today’s technology supports business efficiencies, advances in every industry, 
multitudes of educational advantages and daily personal conveniences. 

24

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   24

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   24

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:28

02/11/2021   18:03:28

STRATEGIC REPORT

Yet creating new assets to sustain and secure our IT-driven 
society places a significant burden on natural resources. When 
new devices become old, device disposal compounds the 
environmental impact while raising questions about end-of-life 
data protection. 

We are proud to offer solutions that reinforce the immense data 
security and efficiency requirements of our customers while 
minimising harm to the environment and people’s wellbeing. 

Here are four ways we support sustainable technology use: 

Where We Go from Here
Based on customer usage data, Blancco securely sanitised an 
estimated 68.2 million kilograms of electronic equipment, with 
a preuse carbon footprint of 5.6 billion kilograms, in FY21. 

Blancco was also one of the first to receive the London Stock 
Exchange’s new Green Economy mark, a recognition given 
to companies that generate between 50 and 100% of annual 
revenues from products and services that contribute to the 
green economy. 

Since January 2016, we’ve been engaged in 
SustainabilitySMART, which is part of Horizon 2020, an 
EU programme promoting sustainable growth through 
investments in a range of initiatives. 

Yet we understand that our job isn’t complete. 

New data storage technologies and data needs will continue 
to expand, particularly as the internet of things (IoT) and 
artificial intelligence (AI) grow in adoption. For our part, we will 
continue to advance our green “SIDE” across an ever-growing 
number of devices, empowering organisations to reinforce 
their security posture, ensure compliance with data privacy 
requirements, and improve environmental stewardship. 

For more details please see our website. 

•  Secure Device Reuse 

• 

IT Asset Circularity 

•  Diminished ROT (redundant, obsolete or trivial) data

•  E-waste Reduction 

Secure Device Reuse
We protect businesses while extending  
the life of functional technology 
With cybercrime a constant threat, many organisations 
physically destroy decommissioned IT hardware for security 
purposes. But this type of disposal often takes perfectly 
usable devices out of circulation, sending millions of tonnes 
of material to landfill. Often, improper physical destruction 
practices leave data accessible, putting organisations at risk. 

By completely and permanently erasing data from functional 
devices, we extend their usable life while ensuring data 
cannot be accessed. This allows safe and secure device 
redeployment and reuse. 

IT Asset Circularity
We slow the need for new device creation 
Our solutions support a booming secondary device market, 
fostering a more circular use of IT. We give organisations 
confidence to donate IT assets, equip ITADs to recapture 
more equipment for resale, and enable consumers to trade in 
smartphones and tablets when upgrading. That makes more 
devices available for reuse, meaning fewer assets must be 
created from scratch. 

Diminished ROT
We lessen data storage needs 
and related emissions 
Much stored data is redundant, obsolete, or trivial (ROT). Even 
more is “dark”. This surplus data increases breach liability and 
raises operational and cooling system needs to securely store 
it. Eradicating data at scale from decommissioned assets or 
from within live environments reduces business costs and the 
energy used to store no-longer-needed data. 

E-waste Reduction 
We minimise landfill-bound electronics –  
and their detrimental impact on developing regions 
Despite international regulations, tonnes of technological 
trash are shipped to developing countries each year, leading 
to component harvesting that harms both people and the 
surrounding landscape. The more we help organisations adopt 
sustainable, circular business models, the greater the dent we 
make in dangerous end-of-life disposal practices. 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

25

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   25

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   25

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:28

02/11/2021   18:03:28

Key Performance Indicators

The Group has a range of performance indicators, both financial and non-financial, 
to monitor and manage the business and ultimately to improve performance. The 
Group’s key performance indicators (KPIs) are outlined below.

1

2

3

4

5

6

Revenue
(£’millions)

Geography
(Regional proportion of revenue)

Market Type
(Proportion of revenue)

Adjusted Operating Profit

Operating Profit/(Loss)

(£’millions)

(£’millions)

2021

2020

2019

2018

 £36.5m

£33.4m

£30.5m

£26.9m

Definition 
Revenue comprises amounts contracted and 
delivered to customers in accordance with 
the accounting rules prescribed by IFRS15.

Why we measure it 
Revenue is a key indicator in how the 
business is growing and revenue is the 
primary source of cash generation for the 
Group.

Commentary 
Revenue has grown 9% in the year and 11% 
on a compound basis over the past three 
years, reflecting a growing customer base 
and high retention rate of key customers. 

Europe

Asia and ROW

North America

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

37%

37%

37%

37%

33%

32%

28%

28%

30%

31%

35%

35%

Data Centre/Enterprise

39%

ITAD

Mobile

35%

34%

32%

31%

33%

33%

32%

30%

32%

33%

36%

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

Definition 
The proportion of revenues generated in 
each of our regions.

Definition 
The proportion of revenues generated in 
each of our regions.

Why we measure it 
It is important for the Group to maintain high 
levels of diversification across the world, 
allowing us to benefit from any opportunities 
in a particular region, for example through 
new legislation, and also derisking the 
business from any economic downturn in 
one region.

Commentary 
The Group has maintained strong revenue 
generation in all regions over the last four 
years, with each region generating year-on-
year growth over this time period. 

Why we measure it 
It is important for the Group to monitor 
how both the customer base and 
technological market is evolving over time 
to ensure appropriate direction of product 
development and management focus. 

Commentary 
Each customer market continues to grow 
year on year, with the fastest growth in recent 
years observed in enterprise and data centre, 
as organisations continue to both generate 
data and raise their awareness of the 
importance of data management.

26

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   26

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   26

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:29

02/11/2021   18:03:29

Definition 

Operating profit stated before acquisition 

costs, exceptional income, share-based 

payment charges and amortisation of 

acquired intangibles. 

Why we measure it 

This is the key profitability metric for 

the Group and shows the underlying 

performance of the Group adjusted for any 

non-cash charges or any items that are 

exceptional in nature.

Commentary 

The Group has demonstrated strong 

profitability in FY21 as revenue continues to 

grow, and due to some cost management in 

the early stages of the pandemic. Over the 

past three years, adjusted operating profit 

has increased 81%, or 22% annually on a 

compound basis. 

Definition 

Operating profit/(loss) shows the total 

returns from core operations, stated before 

finance costs, taxation and any profit from 

discontinued operations. 

Why we measure it 

This shows the overall profitability of the 

Group after all operational costs and income 

is accounted for. 

Commentary 

Increased revenues in the year and cost 

controls (with no significant change in 

exceptional items) have translated down to a 

significant increase in profitability.

End of Year  

Headcount

Sales

2021

2020

2019

2018

155

9.5

143

8.7

124

112

Admin

2021

2020

2019

2018

51

49

44

43

Definition 

The number of employees engaged in each 

area of the business.

Why we measure it 

The Group’s long-term strategy is centred 

around ensuring the appropriate level of 

resource committed to product, to ensure a 

high level of ongoing development, and sales 

to ensure we are able to execute effectively 

on customer opportunities.

Commentary 

The Group has maintained a core product 

team, which grew in 2019 following the 

acquisition of Inhance. The sales team has 

continued to grow year after year to promote 

growth across all of our operating locations 

and to support a ramp in sales in many 

emerging countries for Blancco.

1

3

4

5

Revenue

(£’millions)

Geography

(Regional proportion of revenue)

Market Type

(Proportion of revenue)

Adjusted Operating Profit
(£’millions)

Operating Profit/(Loss)
(£’millions)

2021

2020

2019

2018

£5.3m

£4.0m

£3.5m

2021

2020

2019

£1.8m

(£0.0m)

£0.1m

£2.9m

2018

(£0.8m)

Definition 
Operating profit stated before acquisition 
costs, exceptional income, share-based 
payment charges and amortisation of 
acquired intangibles. 

Why we measure it 
This is the key profitability metric for 
the Group and shows the underlying 
performance of the Group adjusted for any 
non-cash charges or any items that are 
exceptional in nature.

Commentary 
The Group has demonstrated strong 
profitability in FY21 as revenue continues to 
grow, and due to some cost management in 
the early stages of the pandemic. Over the 
past three years, adjusted operating profit 
has increased 81%, or 22% annually on a 
compound basis. 

Definition 
Operating profit/(loss) shows the total 
returns from core operations, stated before 
finance costs, taxation and any profit from 
discontinued operations. 

Why we measure it 
This shows the overall profitability of the 
Group after all operational costs and income 
is accounted for. 

Commentary 
Increased revenues in the year and cost 
controls (with no significant change in 
exceptional items) have translated down to a 
significant increase in profitability.

2

Europe

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

37%

37%

37%

37%

33%

32%

28%

28%

30%

31%

35%

35%

Definition 

Revenue comprises amounts contracted and 

delivered to customers in accordance with 

the accounting rules prescribed by IFRS15.

Why we measure it 

Revenue is a key indicator in how the 

business is growing and revenue is the 

primary source of cash generation for the 

Group.

Commentary 

Revenue has grown 9% in the year and 11% 

on a compound basis over the past three 

years, reflecting a growing customer base 

and high retention rate of key customers. 

Asia and ROW

North America

Definition 

Definition 

The proportion of revenues generated in 

The proportion of revenues generated in 

each of our regions.

Why we measure it 

each of our regions.

Why we measure it 

It is important for the Group to maintain high 

It is important for the Group to monitor 

levels of diversification across the world, 

how both the customer base and 

allowing us to benefit from any opportunities 

technological market is evolving over time 

in a particular region, for example through 

to ensure appropriate direction of product 

new legislation, and also derisking the 

development and management focus. 

business from any economic downturn in 

one region.

Commentary 

Commentary 

Each customer market continues to grow 

year on year, with the fastest growth in recent 

The Group has maintained strong revenue 

years observed in enterprise and data centre, 

generation in all regions over the last four 

as organisations continue to both generate 

years, with each region generating year-on-

data and raise their awareness of the 

year growth over this time period. 

importance of data management.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

STRATEGIC REPORT

6

End of Year  
Headcount
Sales

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

2021

2020

2019

2018

R&D

Admin

155
9.5

143
8.7

124

112

119

120

104

88

51

49

44

43

Definition 
The number of employees engaged in each 
area of the business.

Why we measure it 
The Group’s long-term strategy is centred 
around ensuring the appropriate level of 
resource committed to product, to ensure a 
high level of ongoing development, and sales 
to ensure we are able to execute effectively 
on customer opportunities.

Commentary 
The Group has maintained a core product 
team, which grew in 2019 following the 
acquisition of Inhance. The sales team has 
continued to grow year after year to promote 
growth across all of our operating locations 
and to support a ramp in sales in many 
emerging countries for Blancco.

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

27

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   27

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   27

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:30

02/11/2021   18:03:30

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V778910Assets Securely Erased (millions)Estimated Landfill Waste Prevented(kilograms)Number of CustomersEmployee Location 202120209.5m8.7mLaptops202120203.3m3.1mLoose Drivers2021202068.2m60.7m202120202019218196145Mobile202120203.2m3.1mDesktops2021202035.6m20.1mSmartphonesDefinition The estimated weight of hardware that is saved from landfill each year as a result of using our software, as these assets are able to be repurposed each year rather than being scrapped. Why we measure it This metric allows us to track the environmental impact of our product.Commentary We continue to see a significant saving in kilogram terms of diverting assets from landfill, with a small drop in the year resulting from a shift in erasures from larger devices to smaller smartphones and tablets.202120200.8m0.7mServers202120202.1m0.5mTabletsDefinition Number of active customers in each of our markets. Why we measure it The Group tracks customer engagement, renewals and spend volumes year on year to maintain focus on high customer service and to ensure we are retaining key customers year after year. The Group aims to increase its customer base year on year as we raise awareness to the market of the benefits of data erasures.Commentary The number of customers continues to grow at a compound rate of 18% (over the last two years) as we expand our market presence.2021202020192,1052,0202,817Definition The estimated number of assets erased per year, using Blancco data erasure products.Why we measure it This metric allows us to track and observe how the market is shifting between different types of media. We also use this to track the positive environmental impact of our products, allowing us to estimate the amount of hardware saved from landfill.Commentary There has been a significant increase in the volume of mobiles and tablets undergoing erasure by Blancco products.2021202036.2m54.5mDefinition Geographical location of our staff, split proportionally by region.Why we measure it The Group must have a diverse workforce to support its customers and key stakeholders, and also help to drive forward the business in response to changing market conditions.Commentary The Group has maintained a consistent workforce year after year, with the only significant change coming from the acquisition of Inhance and its workforce  in 2019.Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202128Key Performance Indicators continued30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2830634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2802/11/2021   18:03:3102/11/2021   18:03:3130634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V778910Assets Securely Erased (millions)Estimated Landfill Waste Prevented(kilograms)Number of CustomersEmployee Location 2021202020192,0381,4271,429Enterprise202120202019218196145Mobile20212020201920189.58.749%48%44%45%EuropeDefinition The estimated weight of hardware that is saved from landfill each year as a result of using our software, as these assets are able to be repurposed each year rather than being scrapped. Why we measure it This metric allows us to track the environmental impact of our product.Commentary We continue to see a significant saving in kilogram terms of diverting assets from landfill, with a small drop in the year resulting from a shift in erasures from larger devices to smaller smartphones and tablets.202120202019561482446ITAD202120202019201837%37%40%41%APACDefinition Number of active customers in each of our markets. Why we measure it The Group tracks customer engagement, renewals and spend volumes year on year to maintain focus on high customer service and to ensure we are retaining key customers year after year. The Group aims to increase its customer base year on year as we raise awareness to the market of the benefits of data erasures.Commentary The number of customers continues to grow at a compound rate of 18% (over the last two years) as we expand our market presence.2021202020192,1052,0202,81720212020201920188.714%15%16%14%North AmericaDefinition The estimated number of assets erased per year, using Blancco data erasure products.Why we measure it This metric allows us to track and observe how the market is shifting between different types of media. We also use this to track the positive environmental impact of our products, allowing us to estimate the amount of hardware saved from landfill.Commentary There has been a significant increase in the volume of mobiles and tablets undergoing erasure by Blancco products.Definition Geographical location of our staff, split proportionally by region.Why we measure it The Group must have a diverse workforce to support its customers and key stakeholders, and also help to drive forward the business in response to changing market conditions.Commentary The Group has maintained a consistent workforce year after year, with the only significant change coming from the acquisition of Inhance and its workforce  in 2019.29www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021STRATEGIC REPORT30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2930634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   2902/11/2021   18:03:3102/11/2021   18:03:3130634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Business OverviewWe are pleased to report on a period of strong growth in revenue, profit and cash generation, particularly in the second half of the year, as sales cycles returned to pre-COVID levels, and we started to see the impact of the return of employees to offices accelerate corporate decision making. The key growth drivers in the business remain unchanged: −Sustainability – The United Nation’s Global E-Waste Statistics Partnership estimates that 53 million tonnes of electronics waste (e-waste) was produced in 2019. In the financial year ending 30 June 2021, we estimate that Blancco erased data from 54.5 million (2020: 36.2 million) data storing devices. The total weight of these devices is estimated to be 68 million kilograms (2020: 61 million kilograms) and the estimated carbon emissions consumed in manufacturing these devices is 5.6 billion kilograms (2020: 4.6 billion kilograms). Whilst these numbers are significant, we still believe that the vast majority of data storing devices are destroyed at the end of life and placed in landfill where harmful chemicals can be released. Growing governmental and societal pressures on companies to conduct business in a much more environmentally friendly manner is expected to lead to greater numbers of IT assets entering the circular economy. We have aligned our business model to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (UN SDGs) to increase investor access to this data.  −Governance – The most recent Gartner report on Data Privacy (13 July 2021) has been prepared with the expectation that 75% of the world’s population will have its personal data protected by modern privacy regulations by the end of 2023, up from 25% today. The disposition of assets storing data can only be managed through the destruction of those assets through shredding and landfill or through the use of strictly regulatory compliant data sanitisation software. Whilst there was already a growing focus on data sanitisation to fulfil corporate compliance requirements, the majority of assets are still destroyed, but that will be impacted by the shift to a more remote workforce in the aftermath of the pandemic. Organising the mass destruction of assets is easier when the assets are all kept within an office environment but much more Matt Jones Chief Executive OfficerSince I joined the Company in March 2018, appointed a first-class management team and implemented a strategic focus, we have consistently delivered strong annual growth in revenue, profit, and cash generation despite some challenging macro-economic conditions.”Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202130Chief Executive’s Report30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3030634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3002/11/2021   18:03:3202/11/2021   18:03:32STRATEGIC REPORT

difficult when the assets are spread to various locations 
while employees work at home. It will be important that any 
data stored on these assets is completely erased before 
they are returned to IT departments.

With limited competition in the markets that it addresses and 
a strong list of competitive advantages, including a growing 
portfolio of 38 patents, we are confident that Blancco is well 
placed for near-term and sustainable growth.

Enterprise
Enterprise continues to be our strongest growth market 
with revenue in the year growing by 21% to £14.1 million 
(2020: £11.7 million). Growth was 24% when adjusted for 
currency movements. Enterprise customers are typically very 
large companies with IT departments who will take direct 
responsibility for the IT assets in their organisation, particularly 
the disposal of those assets, rather than outsource that 
responsibility to a third party, typically an IT Asset Disposition 
(ITAD) company. These companies will usually be the 
companies that are storing the most data and, therefore, see 
data security as a high priority risk item. These companies will 
also often be those who will be increasingly aware of their ESG 
responsibilities. Governance and Sustainability are the key 
drivers for growth of Blancco’s revenue in this market.

The combination of a sector-leading technology, and the 
quality of our services and team, has led to large (£100k+) 
customer retention rates of 98.4% across the Group, giving us 
high levels of revenue visibility.

With customers in this market being among the largest 
companies in the world, it is increasingly important that 
Blancco continues to develop strong channel partner 
relationships. During the period, revenue in Enterprise  
from channel partners grew by 27% to £6.5 million  
(2020: £5.1 million). Over the course of the year, we have given 
considerable focus to expanding our network of channel 
partners that we work with. 

In May 2021, we were pleased to announce our integration 
with ServiceNow to provide innovative and secure data 
sanitisation capabilities directly from the Now Platform. 
Despite the short period of time that the relationship has been 
established, we are pleased to report that it is already driving 
revenue. Many organisations rely heavily on ServiceNow when 

managing their IT assets and our integration with that platform 
makes a transition to using Blancco very smooth. We were 
also delighted to recently secure ISV Accelerate status for our 
partnership with AWS. There are currently approximately only 
200 ISV Accelerate partners who receive co-sell support and 
benefits to gain access to the AWS customer base. In addition, 
we have also secured partnerships with Infosys, Lenovo and 
a global technology company who have all begun generating 
revenue in the period. We are starting to see good traction 
from these larger channel partners and look forward to them 
making a more meaningful contribution in the short term.

Revenue has increased in Enterprise from £8.6 million in FY18 
to £14.1 million in FY21, a compound annual growth rate of 
18%. With the pent-up demand of many assets that have been 
sat redundant in offices for 18 months during the pandemic 
helping the growth drivers of Governance and Sustainability 
that we have already discussed, we are confident that 
Enterprise will remain the strongest growth area in the Group.

Data sanitisation for a remote or hybrid workforce
Data security concerns have become more elevated in recent 
periods, with companies trying to secure data stored on 
devices held by employees outside the office environment 
as the world has transitioned to an increasingly remote 
workforce – a trend that is widely expected to be here to stay. 
Gartner’s recently published report on Data Privacy stated that 
“Growing concerns about data privacy and security, leakage, 
regulatory compliance, and the ever-expanding capacity of 
storage media and volume of edge computing and IoT devices 
make robust, consistent and pervasive data sanitisation a 
core C-level requirement for all IT organisations…to minimise 
chain-of-custody security risks (such as loss in transit to the 
ITAD vendor’s facility), many ITAD managers (especially in the 
financial and healthcare sectors) require that some form of 
data sanitisation be performed on-site.”

The capability for Blancco’s software to erase data remotely 
becomes increasingly important when employees are 
spending increasing amounts of time outside of the office 
environment. Whereas before an employee could leave the 
IT team to take a device from their desk if they were having a 
device upgraded, or perhaps leaving the company, employees 
will now often have a device collected by a courier and will 
want to ensure that no sensitive data is stored on the device 
before it is handed to a third party.

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

31

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   31

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   31

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:33

02/11/2021   18:03:33

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

Chief Executive’s Report continued

Higher financial penalties for data breaches
Along with growing levels of data privacy regulations, we 
are also seeing a steep increase in the size of penalties for 
companies that fail to comply with these regulations. In July 
2021, a global technology behemoth was fined a record  
€746 million for breaching GDPR regulations.

A sustainable solution for data management
The biggest competition to Blancco’s software is the physical 
destruction of assets and this remains by far the most 
common way that IT assets are dealt with at the end of life. It is 
clear that the destruction of these assets is an unsustainable 
practice that releases many harmful chemicals into the earth. 
However, this is also an almost impossible process to manage 
when employees are working increasingly from home, because 
previously companies organising the destruction would do so 
by collection from company offices.

Mobile 
Blancco’s mobile solutions offer consumers and businesses 
the ability to sanitise or run diagnostics on handsets. Over 
the course of the year, we have seen a significant increase in 
the number of mobile phones that have been erased using 
Blancco software, from 20.1 million devices in FY20 to  
35.6 million in FY21. This is a reflection of the continuing 
growth in global sales for used mobile phones. In January 
2021, IDC released a report projecting that sales of used 
smartphones would increase from 225.4 million in 2020 to 
351.6 million in 2024, a compound growth rate of 11.7%. 
Blancco has invested heavily in developing a high-quality 
solution for customers that allows those customers to process 
large numbers of handsets in the most efficient manner. Whilst 
there is some direct competition in this market, it tends to be 
from smaller companies that cannot make similar technology 
investments. During the pandemic period, large mobile phone 
suppliers have been reluctant to review their technology 
partners, but we believe there will be opportunities to increase 
market share as trading conditions return to normal.

Over the year, we have seen consumers become more willing 
to trade in used handsets to offset the cost of the latest 
generation of smartphones. Previously, the value of a used 
handset was modest, which, along with security concerns 
about the data stored on the device, prompted consumers 
to retain the handset in the event they needed an emergency 
handset. However, the higher values now attributable to such 
handsets together with sophisticated insurance programmes 
that enable consumers to obtain refurbished replacement 
phones swiftly, has encouraged consumers to exploit the 
value to be obtained from their old device. 

Whilst the number of handsets being erased by Blancco 
software has increased significantly, revenue grew only 
marginally to £10.9 million (2020: £10.8 million), 4% growth 
when adjusted for movements in foreign currency. As 
reported in results statements previously, underlying growth 
has been distorted by a contract with a mobile handset and 
airtime retailer that made the decision to run mobile handset 
diagnostics at a logistics centre from 1 January 2020 rather 
than in its own store network. This customer represented  
£1.4 million of revenue in the first half of the FY20 financial 
year and, whilst the customer continues to work with Blancco, 
it generates a significantly reduced amount of revenue from 
the new contractual terms. Excluding the impact of this 
one customer, revenue growth in mobile would have been 
15%. This contract was only for diagnostic solutions and 
therefore hasn’t impacted on the number of handsets erased 
in each year. This contract will no longer be reported in future 
comparative periods. No remaining customer represents more 
than 6% of Group revenue. Mobile revenue has grown from 
£9.7 million in FY18 to £10.9 million in FY21, representing 
compound annual growth of 4%.

IT Asset Disposition (ITAD)
As reported in our half year results, the ITAD market has been 
the most impacted by the pandemic, with our ITAD clients 
often unable to access their customers’ premises to manage 
their IT assets. However, we have seen a strong rebound in the 
second half of the year as trading conditions gradually return 
to normal. Revenue for the full year grew by 6% to £11.5 million 
(2020: £10.9 million). However, the growth in the second half 
of the financial year was 19% compared to the same period of 
the previous year.

As global economies continue to reopen, our ITAD clients 
are starting to see the release of pent-up demand from their 
customers who have been unable to effectively manage their 
IT inventories over the past 18 months. Our ITAD customers 
tend to service companies that do not have the IT resources 
to manage their own inventory but which are under the same 
obligations to protect sensitive data that we see among 
our Enterprise customers. Whilst these smaller companies 
may not currently be under the same pressure from their 
stakeholders to protect the environment that we see for large 
companies, these pressures are rapidly filtering down to 
companies of all sizes.

Blancco has a large market share among ITAD customers, 
which may mean that growth will be slower than that seen in 
Enterprise. However, revenue has grown from £8.6 million in 
FY18 to £11.5 million in FY21, representing compound annual 
growth of 10%. 

32

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   32

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   32

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:33

02/11/2021   18:03:33

STRATEGIC REPORT

Summary and Outlook
We are delighted with the progress reported in these results. 
Our interim results reported in February 2021 showed that 
the pandemic had slowed revenue growth and therefore 
revenue in the first half of the year was very similar to the prior 
year. However, the second half of the year has seen a return 
to strong growth with revenue increasing by 19% in that six- 
month period. 

We enter the new financial year with confidence and with a 
strong pipeline of new business opportunities. The growth will 
primarily continue to be driven by Enterprise with the structural 
tailwinds of Governance and Sustainability pushing the 
business forward. The new channel relationships announced 
over the past couple of years are expected to gain traction 
over the course of the next 12 months and contribute 
significantly to revenue growth. 

Blancco is ideally placed to increase sales momentum in the 
coming years given our high-quality service offering, sector 
leading reputation and broad geographic reach. As some costs 
return to our business as travel restrictions ease, operating 
margins are likely to revert closer to pre-COVID level in FY22, 
before continuing an upward trajectory in subsequent years. 

Since I joined the Company in March 2018, appointed a 
first-class management team and implemented a strategic 
focus, we have consistently delivered strong annual growth in 
revenue, profit, and cash generation despite some challenging 
macro-economic conditions. As we look ahead, we believe 
that a combination of sector-leading technology and service 
delivery, a growing global reputation and network of blue-
chip channel partners, combined with the sustainability and 
governance pressures on organisations will continue to drive 
Blancco’s growth.

Matt Jones
Chief Executive Officer

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

33

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   33

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   33

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:35

02/11/2021   18:03:35

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202134Chief Financial Officer’s ReportRevenueRevenue grew in the full year by 9% to £36.5 million (2020: £33.4 million), or by 12% at constant exchange rates (CER). Revenue growth in the second half of the year was 19%.Growth in North America was particularly strong in the second half of the year, with normal trading conditions returning gradually over the period. In the second half of the year alone, revenue grew by 49%, taking revenue growth in the region for the full year to 11%. Sterling strengthened significantly against the dollar, with constant currency revenue growth in North America of 18%.Revenue growth in Asia continued to be strong, with revenue increasing by 10% to £11.9 million (2020: £10.8 million) and growing by 14% at CER. The European region continues to be the area that has been most impacted by the pandemic over the whole year, but we did still see growth of 7%, with revenue increasing to £13.4 million (2020: £12.5 million). The currency movements in Europe weren’t as impactful, with revenue growing by 6% at CER.(£’millions)Year ended30 June 2021Year ended30 June 2020Growth rateCERgrowthRevenue 36.533.49%12%Revenue by geographyNorth America11.210.111%18%Europe13.412.57%6%Asia and ROW11.910.810%14%Revenue by market typeEnterprise14.111.721%24%ITAD11.510.96%7%Mobile10.910.81%4%Adam MoloneyChief Financial OfficerAs anticipated, the Company experienced very strong growth in the second half of the year despite the challenging ongoing conditions of the pandemic and a strengthening in sterling.”30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3430634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3402/11/2021   18:03:3602/11/2021   18:03:36STRATEGIC REPORT

Balance Sheet
Cash generation in the year was very positive with the Group 
ending the year with net cash of £10.1 million  
(2020: £6.7 million), largely a result of strong cash generated 
from operations of £10.4 million (2020: £6.5 million). Adjusted 
operating cash flow (as defined in note 1.17) for the year was 
£10.8 million (2020: £7.3 million), representing 106%  
(2020: 90%) of adjusted EBITDA. Although revenue has 
increased in the period by 9%, the trade and other receivables 
balance at the end of the year was £6.2 million (2020: £7.3 
million). Similarly, the current liabilities balance has reduced 
from £9.6 million to £8.1 million over the year.

Accruals and provisions relating to prior acquisitions have 
reduced significantly through the year from £1.1 million to  
£0.1 million, with the credit of that release primarily coming 
through in the exceptional income and discontinued 
operations lines of the income statement. 

Currency movements on assets held outside of the UK have 
led to a significant reduction in the value of intangible fixed 
assets,which have reduced from £74.7 million to £67.6 million.

Earnings per share have increased to 2.29p (2020: 1.6p).

Adam Moloney
Chief Financial Officer

Profitability Measures
The financial year began in July 2020 as the world came to 
grips with the early stages of the pandemic, which led to some 
caution regarding cost decisions. While we did not need to 
take any cost reduction actions, we did freeze recruitment and 
pay increases over the first half of the financial year. In addition, 
our cost base naturally reduced due to the inability for travel 
to take place. We had good visibility through the first half of 
the year that revenue was continuing to grow, which enabled 
us to return to increasing headcount and implementing pay 
increases. However, travel and entertainment costs remained 
depressed throughout the entire year. All of this meant that 
profit margins increased through the course of the year with 
operating profit increasing from a small loss in 2020 to a 
£1.8 million profit, with both periods benefitting from some 
non-cash exceptional income. Adjusted operating margins 
increased to 15% (2020: 12%). The adjusted operating profit 
(as defined in note 1.17) increased in line with operating profit, 
and by 33% to £5.3 million (2020: £4.0 million).

As we enter the new financial year, we are continuing to 
recruit for high-quality employees to join our research 
and development, and sales and marketing teams, which 
will naturally lead to an increase in cost base as will a full 
12-month impact of team members who joined during FY21. 
Whilst phasing is difficult to predict, we do expect travel and 
entertainment costs to increase as pandemic restrictions ease. 

Operating profit/(loss)
Acquisition costs
Exceptional income
Amortisation of acquired  
intangible assets
Share-based payments charge
Adjusted operating profit

Year ended 
30 June 
2021
£’000
1,774
–
(837)

Year ended 
30 June 
2020
£’000
(31)
575
(875)

2,859
1,490
5,286

2,921
1,447
4,037

Adjusted EBITDA for the period grew by 26% to £10.2 million 
(2020: £8.1 million), giving an adjusted EBITDA margin of  
28% (2020: 24%).

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

35

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   35

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   35

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:37

02/11/2021   18:03:37

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

The Board is responsible for determining the nature and extent of the risks it is 
willing to take in delivering Blancco’s strategic objectives, and manages these risks 
through the Blancco Risk Management Framework.

The strategic risk appetite for the business is reviewed 
annually by the Board. The Audit Committee is asked to assess 
whether risks are within the Group’s risk appetite.

Key leadership employees and functional managers have 
been, and will continue to be, involved in the risk identification 
process, and with support from the Risk and Opportunities 
Committee, risks are identified and recorded, along with  
the causes and consequences. The Committee is balanced 
with representatives from all operating locations and functions 
in order to provide a comprehensive aggregation of the 
Group’s risks. 

In identifying exposure, consideration is given to both external 
factors, arising from the environment and sector in which 
we operate, and internal factors, arising from the nature of 
our business, our controls and processes, and our decision 
making and other processes. 

During the year, a third party, Protiviti, was engaged to 
conduct an independent review and assessment of the 
coverage of risks captured in the Group’s business-wide risk 
register, to confirm key risks are being identified and to make 
recommendations to address any gaps. The output from this 
review, in addition to refining the processes of the Risk and 
Opportunities Committee, is incorporated into the Group’s 
principal risks listed below.

Each risk is evaluated based on its likelihood of occurrence 
and severity of impact and positioned on a risk ranking 
matrix, along with proposed mitigating factors. Following the 
assessment and recording of risks, appropriate responses 
are proposed based on its positioning within the Group’s risk 
appetite; i.e. whether to tolerate, treat, or terminate the risk to 
the Group. 

Appropriate actions are agreed; for example, to mitigate, 
transfer (through insurance), or eliminate (by ceasing) the risk. 
The objective will be to continually challenge the efficiency 
and effectiveness of controls. 

Principal Risks
It is recognised that the Group’s strategic objectives can 
only be achieved if risks are taken seriously and managed 
effectively. The risks below are those considered key to 
delivering our strategy and are specific to the nature of our 
business, although there are other more generic risks that may 
exist and that may impact the Group’s performance.

36

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   36

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   36

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:40

02/11/2021   18:03:40

STRATEGIC REPORT

Risk Area

Potential Impact

Mitigation

COVID-19 
pandemic

Employee 
capabilities and 
engagement

A resurgence of the pandemic or 
the emergence of vaccine resistant 
variants could result in further 
regional or global lockdowns that 
could adversely impact trading and 
result in a slower rate of revenue 
growth and impact profitability and 
cash flows. There remains the risk 
that our customers experience cash 
flow issues due to the pandemic, 
which may, in turn, increase our bad 
debt risk or put pressure on our 
working capital cycle. 

Staff engagement is essential to 
the successful delivery of service 
to customers, and longer term, 
the overall business strategy. A 
workforce that is not engaged or 
motivated can hinder the growth of 
the business.

Having the appropriate capabilities 
at all levels, by continuing to attract 
and retain key individuals within the 
business, is key to our strategic 
growth.

Additionally, a number of our staff 
have specialist skills, for example in 
software engineering. A shortage 
of these skilled staff (resulting from 
either employee turnover, or failure 
to attract staff) would result in the 
business not possessing the level 
of technical expertise required to 
execute on its strategic objectives, in 
particular the ongoing development 
of the product. 

A lack of diversity and inclusion 
within the workforce risks limiting 
creativity and ideas that would 
have an impact on operations and 
decision making. This may result in 
suboptimal strategy and product 
development. 

Management has set out a 
financial plan for the forthcoming 
financial year that it considers to 
appropriately reflect the growth 
prospects. 

The Group is geographically spread 
mitigating the impact of any future 
regional specific lockdowns and 
we continue to monitor the sales 
pipeline. 

Additionally, we continue to maintain 
communication with our customers 
and monitor our debtor profile 
closely. The percentage of debtors 
more than 30 days overdue is 4% 
(2020: 9%).

Considerable effort has been 
devoted to communicating the 
business strategy so employees are 
clear on our business objectives and 
their role in the strategy. 

We highlight key capability gaps 
and work to recruit appropriately 
and efficiently to fill such gaps. 
Alongside this, we perform periodic 
reviews of employee remuneration 
to ensure this is set at a competitive 
level, including our key individuals 
to ensure we retain these staff 
members.

We have undertaken an exercise to 
identify who are the key individuals 
in the organisation and have also 
commenced a succession planning 
exercise for key roles, so that we are 
able to promote internally as well as 
sourcing talent externally.

We continue to monitor the diversity 
of our employees and review 
recruitment practices to encourage 
diversity and inclusion. We have 
engaged in diversity and inclusion 
training for our staff to promote the 
benefits of working as a diverse and 
inclusive organisation.

Trend

➞

The risk is reduced as the business 
has demonstrated resilience during 
the pandemic. The pressure on cash 
flows has lessened since the start of 
the pandemic as our stakeholders, 
including our customer base, has 
adapted to operating in the new 
environment. The Group continues 
to monitor the environment and 
the ongoing performance of the 
business in terms of both sales and 
cash flows, while acknowledging the 
duration of the ongoing pandemic 
and associated impacts is uncertain.

➞

The risk is unchanged.

The Group has invested in human 
resource management over the last 
few years and continues to monitor 
its performance in this area across 
locations. In addition, we continued 
to devote greater resource to 
regional employee communications 
through the COVID-19 pandemic to 
ensure employees maintained their 
engagement and are kept up to date 
with economic developments. 

The Group feels that its key 
employees are well engaged and 
there has been a recent focus on 
succession planning to ensure 
that business interruption arising 
from any key staff turnover can 
be mitigated and transitioned as 
smoothly as practically possible.

Accordingly, the Group deems the 
employee engagement risk to be 
reduced to a suitably low level and 
we have seen zero employee churn 
within our senior leadership team. 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

37

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   37

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   37

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:40

02/11/2021   18:03:40

➞

Key:

Increased

➞

Decreased

➞

Unchanged

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202138Principal Risks and Uncertainties continuedRisk AreaPotential ImpactMitigationTrendTechnological riskThe software sector is fast moving with regular changes in technological advancements and offerings.This may impact the future compatibility of our products, or new solutions could even render our products obsolete.The product integrity of the Blancco offering is important in the markets we operate within. A failure of the product could result in reputational damage or regulatory pressure. As our offerings are used within customers’ IT systems, there is a risk of malicious or erroneous code being embedded into their IT environment. We continue to invest significantly in our research and development to ensure that our product remains best in class. In addition, our solutions are certified, approved, and recommended by 14 governing bodies and leading organisations globally. Continuing to innovate and improve R&D processes with internal expertise, market benchmarking and consultation, and continual tracking of technological direction.We closely manage our key accounts and interact with our largest stakeholders in order to keep abreast of market developments and ensure that our product development roadmap remains market focused and our solutions address customer requirements.We are ISO 9001 certified, which provides the accreditation that we offer products that meet stringent regulatory requirements. ➞The risk is unchanged.This is an inherently high risk given the markets that we operate in and importance of technological developments in our products, and mitigations cannot fully remove the risk. We continue to mitigate through detailed strategic planning of our R&D that includes our patent processes, control environment and product roadmaps. Market and economic risksThe business faces further challenge in price competition for less highly developed products, which can result in price erosion or customer loss.There is a risk that the Group will not be able to execute on channel partnerships, and therefore not be able to take advantage of highly scalable revenue opportunities. Obtaining new patents, certifications and technological offerings, alongside the existing diversity and strength of the product set gives us a strong position in the market to maintain prices and position ourselves ahead of competitors.We continue to generate new, high-quality channel partnerships with established partners such as Amazon Web Services and Service Now. We have a dedicated business development team that is focused on the implementation and execution of these partnerships and identifying future partnerships. ➞The risk is unchanged. Mitigations reduce the risk, but this risk is inherent in the market and cannot be fully removed. The expanding portfolio of products, services, offerings, and geographies ensures the risk is well diversified.Any partnership entered into has the potential to underperform; however, the Group is encouraged by the early stages of these high-quality partnerships with global leaders. 30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3830634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3802/11/2021   18:03:4002/11/2021   18:03:4030634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V739www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021STRATEGIC REPORTRisk AreaPotential ImpactMitigationTrendInternal systems and cyber riskOur internal systems are integral to our service offerings, our process efficiencies, and our development abilities. The flexibility and reliability of the systems is critical to the ongoing growth of the Group. A potential data breach resulting in loss of data or compromising the product would create significant market discontent and could expose the Company to regulatory investigation or fines.We have implemented policies and procedures to manage our operations efficiently and safely and to maintain our systems as evidenced by obtaining ISO 9001/27001 accreditation. During the year, we achieved the ISO accreditation in our Ireland office, following a period of integration subsequent to the Inhance acquisition.We are continuing to highlight the potential risks internally and raise the profile of internal security.System enhancement teams work on the continual improvement and integration of key systems, including enhanced security, business continuity and back-up facilities. The integrity of our systems is maintained through regular back up testing and robust disaster recovery planning.➞The risk is reduced following attainment of ISO accreditation in Ireland. We continue to monitor the quality of our internal systems and the robustness of our procedures. Operational efficiency risksOperational efficiency is vital to the profitability of the Group and to customer service. The risk arises both at an internal level, where inefficient operating processes can adversely affect the profitability of the Group; and at a customer level, where ineffective products or poor client service could lead to termination of the relationship. The Group continues to focus on standardising operating procedures across all locations, which drives consistency in client service. System enhancement teams work on the continual improvement and integration of key systems, which supports further automation and standardisation of processes.The Group maintains a collaborative relationship with customers and tracks customer satisfaction in order to identify any product or service delivery risks.➞The risk is unchanged. The Group continues to invest in product and its service teams, however, acknowledges the changing market dynamics means this is an iterative process.Key:➞➞➞IncreasedDecreasedUnchanged30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3930634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   3902/11/2021   18:03:4102/11/2021   18:03:41Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk Area

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Compliance  
risks

The Group operates in various 
jurisdictions globally; therefore, is 
exposed to varying legislation and 
compliance requirements, as well as 
compliance with tax regulations and 
transfer pricing.

Foreign 
exchange rate 
volatility

The geographic spread of the Group 
means that financial results are 
affected by movements in foreign 
exchange rates, with only a small 
percentage of the Group’s revenue 
being generated in Sterling. The risk 
presented by currency fluctuations 
may affect business forecasting and 
create volatility in the results and 
cash holdings. 

The Group monitors global 
compliance and obtains local advice 
and guidance when required.

Blancco continues to be mindful of 
the implications the increasing levels 
of Data Protection legislation in 
place globally, and a Data Protection 
policy is in place across the Group. 
This is agreed to by all the Group’s 
employees and is also covered 
within the conduct of business 
policy for the Group. Compliance 
with Data Protection and GDPR 
remains a key focus, with ongoing 
all-employee training sessions to 
ensure compliance with the Group’s 
Data Privacy Policy and Information 
Security Policy.

The Group maintains internal 
processes to ensure appropriate 
guidelines are followed – especially 
with regard to data protection and 
anti-bribery and corruption.

The Group periodically reviews the 
terms of its tax arrangements to 
ensure these remain compliant with 
local law and regulations and that the 
Group is compliant with arm’s length 
pricing principles.

The Group monitors foreign 
exchange exposure regularly and, 
when a transactional exposure 
is not covered through a natural 
hedge, consideration will be given in 
entering into a hedge arrangement.

Trend

➞

The risk is unchanged. 

The Group continues to monitor its 
compliance across locations and 
deems the compliance risk to be at a 
suitably low level.

➞

The risk is unchanged.

Foreign exchange rate movements 
are uncertain and the timing of 
profits in overseas territories is 
uncertain; therefore, the Board feels 
there is no economic and risk-free 
way to hedge against this, other than 
the natural hedging that is currently 
undertaken.

Due to the geographic spread of our operations, the Group has been, and expects to continue to be, relatively well protected 
from any adverse impacts of Brexit. The Group’s UK-based sales represent a relatively small proportion of its overall revenues 
and are almost all generated wholly within the UK rather than arising from cross-border contractual arrangements. Trade with EU 
customers and suppliers is generally carried out from one of our EU locations. Accordingly, the Board continues to consider that 
Brexit is not a significant risk that may materially impact the performance of the Group in the future.

Matt Jones
Chief Executive Officer

27 September 2021 

➞

Key:

Increased

➞

Decreased

➞

Unchanged

40

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   40

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   40

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:42

02/11/2021   18:03:42

STRATEGIC REPORT

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

41

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   41

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   41

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:43

02/11/2021   18:03:43

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Dear Stakeholder,As a business, we acknowledge that our most significant sustainable output is our suite of products – a fact that is acknowledged by the London Stock Exchange with the accreditation of its Green Economy mark, awarded to us in 2019. Our data erasure solutions facilitate the reuse and extended life of hardware, supporting a drive towards a circular economy and circumventing the unnecessary and potentially harmful physical destruction and landfill of devices. In this way, we also promote information security and help our customers meet their own ESG objectives. This year, across the business, we have continued to enhance our focus and management of key material issues as a leadership team. My focus was to lead on diversity and inclusion initiatives because it is a matter that means a lot to me. As a Company, we want to ensure that we have an inclusive and supportive culture that provides equality of opportunity, and we recognise that a diversity of people and thought promotes the continued growth of our business. While we appreciate that we still have a way to go in achieving diverse representation at all levels of the Company, we are proud to have seen an increase in the number of women working at Blancco. As we continue to adjust our recruitment practices to ensure we are seeing the broadest pool of candidates, we hope to see increased representation of all people, and in time, through the strengthening of our training programmes and succession planning enabling promotion Matt Jones Chief Executive Officerfrom within the business, we will see these individuals becoming the next generation of leaders at Blancco.The continued success of our business relies on us meeting our customers’ needs. As such, despite the pandemic, we strived to strengthen the ties we have with our customers, working with partners and listening to the feedback from our customers to understand how our products are being used. The almost ten-point increase in our Net Promoter Score (NPS) on the previous year, as well as the significant increase in the number of respondents, speaks to the time and effort we have invested both in innovating our products to improve customer experience, and in maintaining our customer relationships through this difficult period where in-person contact has often not been feasible.As a business with a relatively small carbon footprint, we acknowledge that we are limited in the ways we can reduce this footprint. Nevertheless, we wanted to see the full picture of our environmental impact and engaged a consultancy to conduct a carbon audit of the business for the first time to establish our Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions. Travel is undeniably our greatest area of energy use; while there was a reduction in Scope 3 emissions during the past year due to COVID-19, we expect business travel to increase as restrictions ease and our customers want to host in person meetings. While FY21 cannot serve as a baseline for our performance, it is imperative that we develop a travel policy that recognises where business travel is essential, whilst also factoring in our ability to connect remotely and reduce unnecessary journeys.The support and insight of our stakeholders bolsters the long-term growth of our business. Throughout the year, we have continued to connect with our stakeholders in a myriad of ways, holding virtual town halls with employees, receiving customer surveys, engaging with charitable organisations, and supporting industry bodies. The following report discloses the actions we have taken this year to promote the interests of those stakeholders, while our 2021 ESG Report will provide greater detail on our ESG management.Matt JonesChief Executive Officer27 September 2021Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202142ESG ReportCEO LetterOur data erasure solutions facilitate the reuse and extended life of hardware, supporting a drive towards a circular economy  and circumventing the unnecessary and potentially harmful physical destruction and landfill of devices.”30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   4230634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   4202/11/2021   18:03:4402/11/2021   18:03:44STRATEGIC REPORT

Our Focus
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
In 2015, the UN launched 17 SDGs with the objective to 
tackle some of the world’s greatest challenges and create a 
sustainable and harmonious future for all. The SDGs cover a 
range of topics including ensuring good health and wellbeing, 
achieving gender equality, and promoting full and productive 
employment. We have reported our progress against the four 
SDGs that we have a significant positive impact upon and have 
identified the underlying targets that our business supports. 
As a Company, we will continue to promote decent work, 
innovation, and responsible consumption, and strive to reduce 
the inequality in the workplace and beyond.

Task Force on Climate-Related  
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
The TCFD is chaired by Michael Bloomberg and championed 
by former Governor of the Bank of England, Mark Carney, 
and is an initiative that seeks to develop consistent climate-
related financial risk disclosures for use by companies in 
providing information to investors, lenders, insurers, and 
other stakeholders. We have begun the process of alignment 
with the TCFDs, by reporting our climate-related impact in 
accordance with the four pillars of Governance, Strategy, Risk 
Management, and Metrics and Targets. We are committed to 
transparent and honest disclosure and aim to strengthen our 
TCFD reporting as we move forward.

Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB)
SASB provides industry-specific standards that enable 
companies to disclose their financially material ESG 
information for investors. For the second year running, we 
incorporated the accounting metrics of the SASB standard for 
Software & IT Services companies into our ESG Report.

Employees
Employee engagement 
At the beginning of the pandemic, we implemented new 
communications channels to ensure that, despite not being 
able to see each other in person, we were maintaining effective 
and consistent engagement across the workforce. While some 
of our offices have reopened and we are moving towards a 
hybrid working culture, these channels of communication are 
firmly established. Country calls led by the HR department are 
conducted on a fortnightly basis and our All-Hands Call, which 
includes the global workforce, allows employees see all the 
Executive team members on camera and to ask any questions. 

“At Blancco, we have created a culture that is open and honest 
and in which senior leadership are easily approachable. We 
are very proud that, in the past year, we have really built upon 
this culture and, in communicating more than ever before, 
have become an integral part of our employees’ lives such 
that we improved our employee engagement and saw scores 
rise in every category for our annual survey.” Sarah Smith, HR 
Director.

To ensure that we are best placed to attract and retain 
employees, especially as we move towards a post-pandemic 
world, we continue to conduct regular benchmarking and we 
review and update our benefits annually. We have updated the 
prizes for our Awards Programmes, which allow employees 
to be recognised for their hard work. We also introduced our 

SAYE scheme to our seven largest locations (Germany, Finland, 
Ireland, India, US, Japan and UK) this year, which has had a 
fantastic subscription rate amongst the workforce, with 47% 
of eligible employees signing up.

Metric

Unit of measure

Performance

Employee 
engagement 

Percentage (%)

80% (September 
2019: 77%)

Mental health and wellbeing
As we switched to remote working last year and are 
transitioning to a hybrid working environment, supporting our 
employees’ mental health has never been more important. 
Throughout the year, we rolled out a number of initiatives 
globally to promote mindfulness and monitor employee 
wellbeing. To ensure our leadership were best positioned 
to support employees during the past year, we rolled out a 
training programme for managers focused on their teams’ 
wellbeing, in particular what they needed to be looking out for 
and how to approach colleagues if they seem to be struggling. 
We promoted our Employee Assistance Programme (EAP), 
which has a 24-hour confidential hotline for employees to 
call and receive the appropriate support or coaching. Where 
individuals have been open about their mental health issues 
this year, we have been proactive in following up with check 
in calls and we have maintained close contact with those 
struggling significantly.

Diversity and inclusion 
We are an equal opportunities employer, and we are 
committed to maintaining open and supportive working 
environments for all our employees around the world. This 
commitment starts at the Board level, with D&I initiatives being 
led and championed by our CEO. In the past year, we have 
promoted a number of new initiatives to nurture a diverse 
workforce and an inclusive culture: mandatory D&I training 
for all managers; a review of all our internal documentation 
from a D&I perspective to address the language used in the 
software space and replaced any offensive terminology; a data 
collection exercise to assess and benchmark our performance 
on D&I; and a review of all job descriptions from an 
unconscious bias perspective. We will continue to work hard 
to promote diversity and equitability throughout our business 
and ensure that all individuals feel supported and included.

Metric

Unit of measure

Performance

Percentage (%)

Percentage of  
gender and racial/
ethnic group 
representation for
(1) management,
(2) technical staff, and
(3) all other employees

(1) 20% Female;  
80% Male.  
95% White;  
5% Asian.

(2) 21% Female;  
79% Male.  
49.5% White;  
50% Asian;  
0.5% Caribbean.

(3) 42% Female;  
58% Male.  
64% White;  
32% Asian;  
2% Black;  
1% African;  
1% Hispanic.

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

43

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   43

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   43

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:45

02/11/2021   18:03:45

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202144ESG Report continuedTraining and developmentWe recognise the importance of providing training and development opportunities to our employees, to both enable our colleagues to expand and develop their skillsets, and to ensure that we are nurturing talented individuals and future leaders. In addition to our pre-existing nine box exercises, we have increased our proficiency in succession planning, r olling out a programme of management development, and identified key roles that would not be easily filled in R&D and assigned junior colleagues to work with those individuals.  We introduced “Blancco Learning”, an online training platform that gives employees access to a wide variety of courses and continue to conduct annual performance assessments to give employees feedback and identify their goals for the coming year. We also work with universities to make sure we are finding talented and passionate individuals to join our business. Despite the restrictions of the pandemic, we have given talks about our industry, offered internships to students, and recruited graduates for our product development and support team in India.MetricUnit of measurePerformanceNumber of internships offeredNumber4 (FY20: 5)Number of permanent  employees from internshipsNumber2 (FY20: 2)Number of talks at  universities and higher educational collegesNumber2 (FY20: 3)CASE STUDYBlancco LearningThis year, we introduced the Global Learning Management System, “Blancco Learning”, a global database of training courses available for our employees across the world to access. There are over 300 courses available in 34 categories, ranging from broader corporate topics such as D&I and coaching training, to tailored courses supporting specific job functions such as cybersecurity and data analysis. The platform has seen a lot of traffic and we are able to track participation and set mandatory modules for essential training. By opting for an online training platform, we are awarded green points each time an employee completes a module, as they have not travelled to do an in-person course. The platform allows us to report on a series of potential benefits and cost savings; following the launch to managers in January and to all employees in April, we have already seen US$10.65K in training savings, 92 hours less in commuting, -1.49MgCO2 in environmental impact, and 92 better-skilled workers. 30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   4430634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   4402/11/2021   18:03:4502/11/2021   18:03:45Customers
Supporting our customers
Our technology not only safely supports the circular economy 
and negates the need for physical destruction, but it also 
enables our customers to meet their own sustainability 
objectives. Our erasure software ensures that our customers’ 
data is secure and enables compliance with information 
security standards such as the GDPR. It also allows customers 
to redistribute or donate securely wiped devices and 
avoid sending hardware to landfill, supporting social and 
environmental goals. 

Some of our products, such as within our diagnostics offering, 
have enabled us to support large insurance providers with 
fraudulent claims. For example, the development of machine 
learning technology that detects cracked glass on devices 
allows validation of the state of a device for an aftersale 
insurance policy. For retailers, when a consumer has a problem 
with a device and wants to return it, our diagnostics can be 
utilised to assess whether there is in fact an issue with the 
device, instead of the device being taken to a warehouse and 
going through the system for there to be no fault found. This 
not only produces an operational saving for our customers, 
but also avoids environmental impact of transportation.

We are also developing an ESG dashboard, which will use our 
cloud data on the number and types of devices erased, as 
well as calculations based on the number of licences sold, 
to enable customers to track their own data erasure metrics. 
This brand new functionality will support customers with their 
sustainability reporting by demonstrating the environmental 
impact they are offsetting by using Blancco products.

Customer satisfaction and feedback
As a Company, we strive to meet our customers’ evolving 
needs and deliver the highest quality service. As such, we 
make collecting and responding to customer feedback a 
priority. We measure customer satisfaction in two ways: the 
Net Promoter Score (NPS) and the Win Loss Survey. Feedback 
from customers is distributed around the business allowing 
the appropriate teams to identify the areas for improvement 
and respond effectively. We gather customer feedback and 
insights through our Customer Advisory Board, engagements 
with our strategic partners, and the feedback and requests 
made to the sales teams by customers. There are, therefore, 
multiple touch points for our customers to inform us of their 
changing requirements and we greatly value this feedback as it 
helps determine the areas of focus for R&D.

Metric

Unit of measure

Performance

Customer NPS score Score

57.5 (FY20: 48)*

* The industry average NPS for technology companies is 35. Source:  
www.surveymonkey.co.uk/curiosity/what-is-a-good-net-promoter-score/

STRATEGIC REPORT

CASE STUDY

Customer  
Advisory Board
A key feedback channel is our Customer 
Advisory Board, which meets twice a year and is 
comprised of key customers from each market 
in which the business operates. The first meeting 
is an in-person event (though this was held 
online in FY21 due to the pandemic) in which we 
discuss in detail their use of our products, the 
use cases in each market, and the innovation 
they want to see. From this, we take a long list of 
action points away, then meet as a wider team 
internally on a monthly basis to ensure that 
these points are being addressed by the relevant 
departments within the business. Six months 
later, we hold an online update with the Customer 
Advisory Board, during which we explain what 
actions we have taken and what are the next 
actions we will execute. Continuing to innovate 
drives product and service enhancements and, 
in turn, supports our market-leading position 
globally. Furthermore, the addition of new and 
complementary products mean we can support 
our clients with more of their digital demands.

“The Customer Advisory Board are an 
invaluable source for customer insights. During 
the meetings, we get a broad view of product 
use and the market dynamics, enabling us to 
assess where improvements can be made and 
the new markets we could enter.” 

Alan Bentley, President of Global Sales

Industry Bodies
We act as a driving force in our industry for innovation and 
best practice, working within the technical communities 
helping to establish certain standards that are used in 
evaluating devices. As well as supporting a number of 
organisations around the world, we also founded the 
International Data Sanitization Consortium (IDSC), with the 
mission to “eliminate the ambiguity around data sanitisation 
terms, standards and guidelines to ensure organisations are 
adhering to, and receive, best practices in data sanitisation”. 
We continue to share our expertise on data security and 
erasure through white papers and webinars. Our President of 
Global Sales has been invited by the World Trade Organisation 
to speak on “The use of data protection technology in an ICT 
circular economy” at the 25th Anniversary of the Information 
Technology Agreement in September 2021.

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

45

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   45

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   45

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:45

02/11/2021   18:03:45

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

ESG Report continued

Communities
Our products not only enable us to support the circular 
economy, but also to support initiatives that distribute devices 
to underprivileged families and promote equality of access to 
technology. We also want to have a broader positive impact 
on the communities we operate in. At Christmas, we ran 
campaigns to raise money for four charities, Trussell Trust 
in the UK, 2nd Harvest in the US, Society of St Vincent de 
Paul in Ireland, and SOS Children’s Village in Finland. These 
charities support children and their families by providing food 
and presents, and we matched all donations raised by our 
employees in each location for this campaign.

Regulators
Compliance and integrity 
We ensure that all employees are kept up to date with the 
Company’s governance policies. New employees are required 
to read Blancco’s policies, including Code of Conduct Policy, 
Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy and Whistleblowing Policy, 
and feed back any questions, then sign to demonstrate that 
they have read and understood. This gives us the confidence 
that our new joiners understand the ethics and values of how 
the business works. 

Ongoing training is carried out to cover any policy changes; 
these sessions act as a refresher for employees, while also 
providing the opportunity for people to voice any questions 
they many have. At Blancco, we value the transparent culture 
we have created, and want our staff to be reassured that, 
should they be faced with an ethical dilemma, they can 
approach us with any questions they may have.

There is a whistleblowing hotline that is monitored by a 
third-party specialist call handler, compliant with the Private 
Security Industry Act requirements for interviewing callers. 
They provide a confidential and independent global service for 
staff to report concerns, which are escalated immediately to 
the CFO and Audit Committee for appropriate action.

Data and information security
Our solutions have been tested, certified, approved, 
and recommended by 14 governing bodies and leading 
organisations around the world, making us the industry standard 
in data erasure and mobile lifecycle solutions. For more 
information about our accreditations, please visit our website.

We place the highest importance on respecting and protecting 
the privacy and confidentiality of the information that our 
customers share with us. Our Privacy Policy Statement is 
reviewed annually and publicly available on our website. 

We have a layered Defence-in-Depth approach following ISO 
27001 standards, using various technologies aimed to protect 
our IT infrastructure and data, including asset patching, MDM, 
firewall protection, proxy control, network monitoring, server/
system access rights, user awareness training and built-in 
alerting mechanisms. 

We provide mandatory recorded training to all employees, 
including contractors. This is provided when an individual joins 
Blancco and their completion of the training is monitored. 
Furthermore, company-wide trainings are conducted on 
a regular basis, including confidentiality, data privacy, and 
information security. As the most common form of attack is 
phishing emails, we wanted to raise employee awareness; 
we introduced a banner on every email that comes from an 
external organisation, which has resulted in a considerable 
drop in employees clicking through on suspicious emails.

CASE STUDY

“Laptops for Kids”
This year, we partnered with WANdisco on their 
campaign “Laptops for Kids”. According to the 
Children’s Commissioner, 9% of families are without 
a laptop, tablet or desktop at home. The issues this 
causes have been exacerbated by the pandemic, 
where many children have not had access to a 
device at home to receive online schooling. The 
“Laptops for Kids” campaign aims to deliver devices 
to schools in need across the North of England and 
has sourced 14,000 devices to date. 

In order to safely donate devices, businesses want 
to ensure that their devices have been securely 
wiped of all data. Through donations of free drive 
eraser licences, we have already enabled the 
campaign to securely erase 1,400 donated used 
digital devices, with this number continuing to 
rise daily. As part of the collaboration, Blancco 
and WANdisco have facilitated training on how to 
use the erasure software to sanitise the donated 
devices. This practice has been carried over to 
the WANdisco Data Academy at Sheffield College, 
where students have been taught how to carry out 
the erasure process themselves. The students now 
spend one day per week supporting the project, 
providing them with valuable work experience, 
relevant to their studies and ultimately fosters a 
culture of improved cyber hygiene.

We recognise the value of having access to a 
device at home for young people, and are proud 
to support this campaign, to ensure that young 
people have access to educational resources no 
matter their socio-economic status. Our CFO, 
Adam Moloney, has joined the Laptops for Kids 
National Taskforce, which is now working to roll out 
the scheme across the entire country following its 
success in the North of England. To find out more 
about the campaign, visit www.ltfk.co.uk/.

46

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   46

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   46

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:45

02/11/2021   18:03:45

Environmental Impact 
Governance
As an office-based business with over 320 employees 
globally, our environmental impact is minimal. Nevertheless, 
we remain committed to limiting our direct environmental 
footprint. The Board has oversight of climate-related risks 
and opportunities, and as ESG is an integral part of the 
Chief Financial Officer’s Report, environmental matters 
are discussed at Board meetings. Additionally, this year we 
engaged a consultancy to conduct a carbon audit of the 
Company and enable us to understand our environmental 
impact and where improvements can be made.

Strategy
Reducing our footprint
We recognise that travel is our largest carbon hotspot and 
moving forwards we are addressing how our travel policy could 
be evolved to reduce that impact. The pandemic provided us 
with the opportunity to reduce our travel emissions and also 
showed us that we can operate with less travel. Thus far we 
have identified two of our annual Board meetings that can be 
held virtually, and additional Board meetings that will be hybrid 
to avoid transatlantic flights. We accept that travel will remain a 
part of our business, as we are a global Group with customers 
and employees around the world, but we are considering how 
the travel we do can be less impactful, including educating our 
employees about the impact of different airlines, assessing 
where different modes of transport could be taken, and 
providing greater flexibility around the price.

Our office footprint is not significant as we have a small 
headcount and we seek to rent office spaces that provide 
facilities to meet our operational needs, principally hiring 
offices contained within larger buildings with communal areas. 
However, we continue to pursue emissions reduction initiatives; 
we have now closed one office in the UK, we encourage 
sustainable resource use across our employee base, and we are 
considering green energy suppliers for our offices.

Our positive impact 
Our products directly support the circular economy, as by 
securely erasing data from hardware we extend the lifetime 
of devices, thereby enabling reuse or reselling of devices. 
The typical refresh rate of certain devices is approximately 
three years; data sanitisation can double the lifetime of a 
product. Consequently, we can reduce both the demand for, 
and the carbon emissions produced by the manufacture of 
new devices, as research suggests that the environmental 
impact of most consumer electronics is greatest during the 
manufacturing and distribution process. By securely erasing 
data, we also avoid the need for less environmentally friendly 
methods of data and device destruction and for those devices 
to be sent to landfill. 

By providing our solutions, we enable businesses to minimise 
their carbon emissions and keep their hardware in circulation. 
We continue to work with our customers to assess how we 
can develop our products and increase the efficiency of  
their operations, thereby increasing the number of securely 
erased devices.

STRATEGIC REPORT

Based on information gathered from customers, an estimated 
68.2 million kilograms of electronic equipment was  
securely sanitised during the year, with a preuse carbon 
footprint of 5.6 billion kilograms (FY20: 60.7 million kilograms 
of electronic equipment, with a preuse carbon footprint of  
4.6 billion kilograms).

Risk management
The Board is responsible for determining the nature and 
extent of the risks it is willing to take in delivering Blancco’s 
strategic objectives and manages these risks through the 
Blancco Risk Management Framework. The strategic risk 
appetite for the business is reviewed annually by the Board. 
The Audit Committee is asked to assess whether risks are 
within the Company’s risk appetite. During the year, the Audit 
Committee engaged a third party to review the way that risk 
is managed at Blancco. The well-received exercise yielded 
several recommendations that have been implemented to 
further enhance the way that risk is managed. Additional detail 
on Blancco’s approach to risk management and principal risks 
can be found on pages 36 to 40.

Metrics and targets
We attribute the reduction in our Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions 
to our offices closing and the limitation on travel during 
the pandemic. Certain small satellite offices were closed 
permanently, in agreement with employees moving to remote 
working practices, which also contributed to a reduction in our 
emissions. As a Group, while we are beginning to capture our 
carbon footprint, we are not yet in position to authoritatively 
set a target as, due to the pandemic and 2020 data being an 
anomaly, we cannot yet establish a baseline.

Energy

Year*

2019

2020

Emissions

Year*

2019

2020

Electricity usage (kWh)

23,622.88

19,918.73

Scope 1 & 2 (tCO2e)

Scope 3 (tCO2e)**

Total

152.95

104.05

949.20 1,102.15

148.46

252.51

*  The data here represents the calendar years of 2019 and 2020, not the 

financial years. 

** The Scope 3 data covers business travel only.

Our 12-month CO2e emissions (Scopes 1, 2 and 3) for 2020 
decreased by 77%, compared with 2019. Scope 1 and 2 
emissions reduced by 32%, or by 1.5 tonnes of CO2 per  
£1 million revenue. In total, we emitted 7.6 tonnes of CO2e per 
£1 million of revenue in 2020, compared with 33.1 tonnes in 
2019. Electricity usage reduced 16%.

Methodologies
We classify GHG emissions into three ‘scopes’. Scope 1 
emissions are direct emissions from sources that are owned 
or controlled by Blancco, including the combustion of fuel and 
operation of facilities. Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions 
from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling 
purchased for own use. Scope 3 emissions are all indirect 

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

47

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   47

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   47

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:45

02/11/2021   18:03:45

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

ESG Report continued

emissions (not included in Scope 2) that occur in the value chain. All footprint calculations comply with the standard set by the 
World Resource Institute: GHG Protocol for Corporate Accounting. All Scope 1 and 2 emissions factors derive from the International 
Energy Agency (IEA). Scope 3 business travel has been calculated based on route, aircraft/train/ferry/car hire, make and manufacture 
of transport and travel class, and have applied the appropriate methodologies and data published by the European Environment 
Agency (EEA), the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) and the International Civil Aviation Authority 
(ICAO). Business accommodation data is calculated using the International Tourism Partnership Methodology, based on duration 
and location.

SDG

2021 Approach

Target Outline

Relevance to Blancco

8: Decent 
work and 
economic 
growth

We provide secure, well-paid jobs to 
our 320+ employees and equip them 
with the tools and opportunities to 
develop and progress within the 
Group. 

At Blancco, we invest in our people. 
We provide training opportunities for 
skills development, including specific 
management training for both junior 
and more experienced individuals, 
and a global online training platform 
available to all our employees. In this 
way, we ensure that we are nurturing 
our talented employees and enabling 
promotion from within the Group.

Our products encourage reusing 
hardware and promote responsible 
consumption.

8.3 

Promote development-oriented 
policies that support productive 
activities, decent job creation, 
entrepreneurship, creativity and 
innovation, and encourage the 
formalisation and growth of micro, 
small and medium-sized enterprises, 
including through access to financial 
services

8.4 

Improve progressively, through 
2030, global resource efficiency in 
consumption and production and 
endeavour to decouple economic 
growth from environmental 
degradation, in accordance with the 
10-Year Framework of Programmes 
on Sustainable Consumption and 
Production, with developed countries 
taking the lead

Quote from SDG Champion
“Greater awareness of the alternatives to physical destruction of equipment, the importance of data security, and 
growing environmental concerns, drive the use of our products. We continue to promote our sustainable solutions, 
develop and implement new process efficiencies, and invest in the people that enable Blancco’s success.”

Adam Moloney, Chief Financial Officer
SDG 8 Champion

9: Industry, 
innovation 
and 
infrastructure

We promote innovation and growth 
as a market leader. Through 
engagement with our customers and 
strategic partners, we understand 
their evolving needs and continue to 
invest in new product developments 
and integrations that support their 
operations and improve efficiency in 
their processes. 

9.5 

Enhance scientific research, upgrade 
the technological capabilities of 
industrial sectors in all countries, 
in particular developing countries, 
including, by 2030, encouraging 
innovation and substantially 
increasing the number of research 
and development workers per one 
million people and public and private 
research and development spending

We continue to invest in R&D, growing 
our product management team as well 
as our product offering. In the last year, 
we have implemented improvements 
to reduce time spent handling and 
processing devices, and to maintain 
the stability of the application, 
enabling our customers to increase 
their operational efficiency. We work 
in partnership with universities to 
give talks about our industry, offer 
internship placements to students, 
and hire graduates in our India office 
to work on product development and 
support.

Quote from SDG Champion
“Research and development investment, both in new products and our team, continues to be a key priority for 
Blancco, and this product development is driven by the engagement we have with our customers and the attraction 
and retention of talented individuals.”

Russ Ernst, EVP Products and Technology
SDG 9 Champion

48

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   48

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   48

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:46

02/11/2021   18:03:46

STRATEGIC REPORT

SDG

2021 Approach

Target Outline

Relevance to Blancco

10: Reduce 
inequality 
within and 
among 
countries

We are committed to reducing 
inequality and fostering a diverse 
and inclusive culture to ensure that 
all our employees feel heard and 
supported. We have rolled out a 
number of initiatives in the past year 
to ensure that our internal processes 
reflected this commitment. 

10.3

Ensure equal opportunity and reduce 
inequalities of outcome, including 
by eliminating discriminatory laws, 
policies and practices and promoting 
appropriate legislation, policies and 
action in this regard

In the past year, we have undergone 
a thorough review of our internal 
documentation on software to ensure 
that the language used is inclusive. 
We have conducted mandatory 
unconscious bias training for our 
managers and are currently working to 
eliminate any bias in our recruitment 
processes. Furthermore, our support 
of the “Laptops for Kids” campaign in 
the UK addresses the lack of access 
to devices for some families, providing 
devices to children to continue their 
schooling online during lockdown.

Quote from SDG Champion
“Our people are core to the success of Blancco and, as such, we are passionate about supporting every individual. 
I am very proud that our D&I initiatives have been championed throughout our organisation, from the CEO to our 
employees themselves. These initiatives are not standalone projects, but part of a long-term strategy to progress 
equitability and inclusion at Blancco.” 

Sarah Smith, Human Resources Director
SDG 10 Champion

12: 
Responsible 
consumption 
and 
production 

Our data erasure products enable 
the extension of the useful life of 
devices, supporting the circular 
economy and avoiding the 
unnecessary physical destruction 
and landfill of hardware. 

12.4 

By 2020, achieve the environmentally 
sound management of chemicals and 
all wastes throughout their life cycle, in 
accordance with agreed international 
frameworks, and significantly reduce 
their release to air, water and soil 
in order to minimise their adverse 
impacts on human health and the 
environment

12.5 

By 2030, substantially reduce waste 
generation through prevention, 
reduction, recycling and reuse

12.6 

Encourage companies, especially 
large and transnational companies, 
to adopt sustainable practices and 
to integrate sustainability information 
into their reporting cycle

Our solutions enable businesses 
to avoid the physical destruction of 
devices, a process with can lead to 
harmful toxins, such as mercury, to 
pollute the environment and impact 
humans, flora and fauna. 

By securely erasing hardware, our 
products extent the useful life of 
devices, supporting the circular 
economy of reuse of repurposing, and 
minimising the need to manufacture 
new devices.

We continue to promote the 
sustainable benefits of our products 
to our customers and are proud to 
be able to support other businesses 
to reduce their environmental impact 
with our solutions.

Quote from SDG Champion
“As the industry standard in data erasure, responsible consumption is woven into the fabric of Blancco. We are proud 
to hold the London Stock Exchange (LSE) Green Economy mark and continue to promote the sustainable benefits of 
our solutions in reducing unnecessary e-waste and endorsing the circular economy.”

Matt Jones, Chief Executive Officer
SDG 12 Champion

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

49

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   49

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   49

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:03:46

02/11/2021   18:03:46

Job number 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V0Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20215030634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5030634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5002/11/2021   18:03:4602/11/2021   18:03:4630634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V751www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021GOVERNANCEGOVERNANCEDirectors and Advisors52Directors’ Report54Corporate Governance Report58Audit Committee Report62Remuneration Committee Report66Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities7130634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5130634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5102/11/2021   18:03:4602/11/2021   18:03:4630634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202152Directors and AdvisorsCompany Secretary and registered officeLorraine Young Company Secretaries Limited Suite 1, Chapel House Start Hill Bishop’s Stortford Hertfordshire CM22 7WECompany number05113820Independent auditorsPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  The Maurice Wilkes Building St. John’s Innovation Park Cowley Road Cambridge CB4 0DSNominated advisor and joint brokerPeel Hunt LLP 100 Liverpool Street London EC2M 2ATJoint brokerInvestec Bank plc  30 Gresham Street London EC2V 7QP BankersHSBC 50 - 60 Station Road Cambridge CB1 2JHRegistrarsComputershare Investor Services plc The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 6ZZLawyersGoodwin Procter (UK) LLP 100 Cheapside London EC2V 6DYFinancial public relationsBuchanan 107 Cheapside London EC2V 6DNFinancial advisorRothschild & Co New Court, St Swithin’s Lane London EC4N 8ALRob WoodwardBoard ChairChair of Nomination Committee Matt JonesChief Executive Officer Adam MoloneyChief Financial OfficerFrank BlinIndependent Non-executive DirectorChair of Audit  CommitteeCatherine MichelIndependent Non-executive Director Philip RogersonSenior Independent Director Tom Skelton Independent Non-executive Director Chair of Remuneration CommitteeRob joined the Board in June 2013 and became Chair in March 2017. He has significant experience in the technology, media and telecommunications (TMT) industry, having spent 11 years as Chief Executive of STV Group plc. He has also been Commercial Director of Channel 4 Television, a Managing Director with UBS Corporate Finance and the lead partner for Deloitte’s TMT industry Group in Europe. Rob is also Chair of Ebiquity plc and the UK’s  Met Office.Matt joined the Board as CEO in March 2018. He has broad experience with both private equity backed and public companies. Specialising in the technology sector, Matt is a recognised leader with a successful track record of developing and overseeing the execution of growth strategies for companies in security, storage and communications. Matt was previously CEO of E8 Security, a pioneer in behavioural intelligence and cybersecurity based in the USA (acquired by VMWare). Before this, he held senior positions at InterAct, a leading cloud-based software provider for public safety, CloudShield Technologies, a provider of cybersecurity (acquired by SAIC) and Allocity, a software company concentrating on storage management (acquired by EMC). Matt also has senior level experience at Excite@Home, Sprint  and AT&T.Adam joined the Board as CFO in July 2018. Adam was CFO of AIM quoted Eckoh plc (Eckoh), a leading provider of customer service and secure payment technology solutions for contact centres, until 2017. He had been with Eckoh since 2003 and was appointed CFO in 2005. During Adam’s time there, he managed the negotiation and integration of various significant acquisitions in the UK and US, as well as the opening of a US subsidiary. Prior to Eckoh, Adam held senior positions in the finance functions  of a number of privately owned companies.Frank joined the Board in December 2014. He holds a number of directorships with private equity backed companies in the healthcare, food and drink and property sectors. He was with PwC for 38 years, where he was a board member and partner. He was awarded a CBE in 2002 for services to the financial services sector.Catherine joined the Board in January 2020. She is currently Chief Technology Officer (CTO) for life-saving technology company Halma plc (Halma), where she has global responsibility for the group’s data and technology strategy. She is also a member of Halma’s Executive Management Board. Previously, Catherine was CTO for Sigma Systems following its acquisition of Tribold Limited in 2013, a business she founded and, as CTO, was principal architect of the company’s products and solutions portfolio. She also serves on the UK5G advisory board and was formerly on the TM Forum Executive Committee. She has won a number of industry accolades including ‘CTO of the Year’ at Digital Transformation World, the leading ‘Woman in Telecoms’ at the World Communications Awards and twice named one of the ‘Top Most Powerful People in the Telecoms Industry’ by Global Telecoms Business.Philip joined the Board in March 2017. He is currently also a non-executive director of Marshalls plc. He was formerly chairman of Bunzl plc, De La Rue plc and a number of other companies. Philip was an executive director of BG plc (formerly British Gas plc) latterly as deputy chairman. Tom joined the Board in October 2015. He is currently Chief Executive Officer of Surescripts LLC, a leading healthcare information technology business. Before joining Surescripts, he served as Chief Executive Officer for the Foundation Radiology Group and as a founding member of Confluence Medical Systems, a healthcare and technology consulting partnership. Previously, he served at Misys Healthcare Systems from January 2002 until March 2007, and as a director of Misys plc. Prior to that, he was Chief Executive Officer of Medic Computer Systems, a US-based software company focused on the healthcare information technology market. Tom also spent nine years as a Non-executive Director of Micro Focus International plc between 2006 and 2015.30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5230634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5202/11/2021   18:03:5502/11/2021   18:03:5530634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V753www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021GOVERNANCECompany Secretary and registered officeLorraine Young Company Secretaries Limited Suite 1, Chapel House Start Hill Bishop’s Stortford Hertfordshire CM22 7WECompany number05113820Independent auditorsPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  The Maurice Wilkes Building St. John’s Innovation Park Cowley Road Cambridge CB4 0DSNominated advisor and joint brokerPeel Hunt LLP 100 Liverpool Street London EC2M 2ATJoint brokerInvestec Bank plc  30 Gresham Street London EC2V 7QP BankersHSBC 50 - 60 Station Road Cambridge CB1 2JHRegistrarsComputershare Investor Services plc The Pavilions Bridgwater Road Bristol BS99 6ZZLawyersGoodwin Procter (UK) LLP 100 Cheapside London EC2V 6DYFinancial public relationsBuchanan 107 Cheapside London EC2V 6DNFinancial advisorRothschild & Co New Court, St Swithin’s Lane London EC4N 8ALRob WoodwardBoard ChairChair of Nomination Committee Matt JonesChief Executive Officer Adam MoloneyChief Financial OfficerFrank BlinIndependent Non-executive DirectorChair of Audit  CommitteeCatherine MichelIndependent Non-executive Director Philip RogersonSenior Independent Director Tom Skelton Independent Non-executive Director Chair of Remuneration CommitteeRob joined the Board in June 2013 and became Chair in March 2017. He has significant experience in the technology, media and telecommunications (TMT) industry, having spent 11 years as Chief Executive of STV Group plc. He has also been Commercial Director of Channel 4 Television, a Managing Director with UBS Corporate Finance and the lead partner for Deloitte’s TMT industry Group in Europe. Rob is also Chair of Ebiquity plc and the UK’s  Met Office.Matt joined the Board as CEO in March 2018. He has broad experience with both private equity backed and public companies. Specialising in the technology sector, Matt is a recognised leader with a successful track record of developing and overseeing the execution of growth strategies for companies in security, storage and communications. Matt was previously CEO of E8 Security, a pioneer in behavioural intelligence and cybersecurity based in the USA (acquired by VMWare). Before this, he held senior positions at InterAct, a leading cloud-based software provider for public safety, CloudShield Technologies, a provider of cybersecurity (acquired by SAIC) and Allocity, a software company concentrating on storage management (acquired by EMC). Matt also has senior level experience at Excite@Home, Sprint  and AT&T.Adam joined the Board as CFO in July 2018. Adam was CFO of AIM quoted Eckoh plc (Eckoh), a leading provider of customer service and secure payment technology solutions for contact centres, until 2017. He had been with Eckoh since 2003 and was appointed CFO in 2005. During Adam’s time there, he managed the negotiation and integration of various significant acquisitions in the UK and US, as well as the opening of a US subsidiary. Prior to Eckoh, Adam held senior positions in the finance functions  of a number of privately owned companies.Frank joined the Board in December 2014. He holds a number of directorships with private equity backed companies in the healthcare, food and drink and property sectors. He was with PwC for 38 years, where he was a board member and partner. He was awarded a CBE in 2002 for services to the financial services sector.Catherine joined the Board in January 2020. She is currently Chief Technology Officer (CTO) for life-saving technology company Halma plc (Halma), where she has global responsibility for the group’s data and technology strategy. She is also a member of Halma’s Executive Management Board. Previously, Catherine was CTO for Sigma Systems following its acquisition of Tribold Limited in 2013, a business she founded and, as CTO, was principal architect of the company’s products and solutions portfolio. She also serves on the UK5G advisory board and was formerly on the TM Forum Executive Committee. She has won a number of industry accolades including ‘CTO of the Year’ at Digital Transformation World, the leading ‘Woman in Telecoms’ at the World Communications Awards and twice named one of the ‘Top Most Powerful People in the Telecoms Industry’ by Global Telecoms Business.Philip joined the Board in March 2017. He is currently also a non-executive director of Marshalls plc. He was formerly chairman of Bunzl plc, De La Rue plc and a number of other companies. Philip was an executive director of BG plc (formerly British Gas plc) latterly as deputy chairman. Tom joined the Board in October 2015. He is currently Chief Executive Officer of Surescripts LLC, a leading healthcare information technology business. Before joining Surescripts, he served as Chief Executive Officer for the Foundation Radiology Group and as a founding member of Confluence Medical Systems, a healthcare and technology consulting partnership. Previously, he served at Misys Healthcare Systems from January 2002 until March 2007, and as a director of Misys plc. Prior to that, he was Chief Executive Officer of Medic Computer Systems, a US-based software company focused on the healthcare information technology market. Tom also spent nine years as a Non-executive Director of Micro Focus International plc between 2006 and 2015.30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5330634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5302/11/2021   18:04:0302/11/2021   18:04:03Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report, together with the audited 
consolidated financial statements, for the year ended  
30 June 2021.

Strategic Report
In accordance with sections 414A-D of the Companies Act 
2006, a Strategic Report is set out on pages 05 to 49, which 
incorporates the Chair’s Statement, the Chief Executive’s 
Report, the Chief Financial Officer’s Report and Business 
Model. The Strategic Report includes details of expected 
future developments in the business of the Group, principal 
risks and uncertainties and the key performance indicators 
used by management.

The Group is not required to comply with Schedule 8 of 
the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations as amended in 2013, 
which enhanced reporting requirements for the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. However, the Remuneration Report on 
pages 66 to 70 does set out the Remuneration Policy and 
shareholders are invited to vote on this report at the Annual 
General Meeting (AGM). 

The Strategic Report has been prepared to provide the 
Company’s shareholders with a fair review of the Company’s 
business and a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing it. It should not be relied upon by anyone, 
including the Company’s shareholders, for any other purpose.

Results and Dividends
The audited financial statements for the Group for the year 
ended 30 June 2021 are set out from page 80. The Group profit 
for the year after taxation was £1.7 million  
(2020: £1.1 million). The future plans for the business are such 
that the Board anticipates continued investment into the 
business that will require cash resources to be deployed into 
opportunities for future growth. As such, the Board has decided 
that it is not appropriate to pay a dividend for the time being. 

Directors
The Directors of the Company who served during the year and 
up to the date of signing of the report and accounts were as 
follows: 

F Blin

M C Jones 

C E Michel 

A P Moloney 

P G Rogerson 

T K Skelton 

R S L Woodward

Biographical details of the Directors are on pages 52 and 53  
and the interests of the Directors in the shares of the 
Company are set out on page 70.

Directors’ Liability Insurance and 
Indemnities
The Company maintains liability insurance for the Directors 
and Officers of all Group companies, and has entered into 
deeds of indemnity during the year with each Director 
of Blancco Technology Group plc, as permitted by the 
Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s articles of 
association. These indemnities are qualifying third-party 
indemnity provisions as defined by the Companies Act 2006. 
These indemnities were introduced in May 2021 and have 
continued in place since the year end. 

Related Party Transactions
The details of transactions with Directors and other related 
parties are set out in note 30 to the financial statements.

Share Capital 
The issued share capital of the Company at 1 July 2020 was 
£1,507,276.84 comprised of 75,363,842 ordinary shares of 
two pence each (ordinary shares). On 29 September 2020, 
216,454 shares were allotted at par in respect of the vesting of 
an award under the Company’s performance share plan. 

The issued share capital of the Company at 30 June 2021  
was therefore £1,511,605.92, comprised of 75,580,296 
ordinary shares.

Substantial Shareholdings
As at 27 September 2021, the following shareholders owned 
more than 3% of the issued share capital of the Company:

Soros Fund Management

21.89

16,542,669

% of issued 
share capital

Number of 
shares

Canaccord Genuity Group Inc

Inclusive Capital Partners LP

Schroder Investment Management

Kabouter Management LLC

Jupiter Asset Management

Chelverton Asset Management

BGF

Janus Henderson Investors

12.01

11.56

7.32

3.85

3.45

3.16

3.14

3.12

9,075,956

8,734,000

5,529,562

2,913,381

2,604,333

2,386,000

2,376,402

2,355,162

Section 172 Report
In accordance with Section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006, the Board of Directors ensures that the Company 
engages productively and openly with its stakeholders. The 
Board considers matters raised by stakeholders in a fair 
and balanced manner and takes their views into account 
when making decisions. The following table describes why 
and how we engage with each of our stakeholder groups: 
investors, employees, customers, partners, industry bodies, 
communities and regulators. Additional information about the 
ways in which the Board engages with stakeholders can be 
found in our Corporate Governance Report on page 58. For 
more detailed information about our ESG management, please 
see our ESG Report on pages 42 to 49.

54

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   54

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   54

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:03

02/11/2021   18:04:03

GOVERNANCE

Stakeholder group Why we engage

How we engage

Investors

Employees

Customers 

 Partners

Our shareholders have a key role in monitoring 
the performance of, and supporting the 
success of, the business. We ensure 
regular and open dialogue with our major 
shareholders in order to keep them informed 
of our strategic progress and plans.

For our employees, in order to promote 
high performance and ensure retention, we 
want to maintain a supportive culture with 
opportunities to develop and progress. We 
engage with our employees to enable them to 
feedback on their experience and ensure that 
they are supported.

We are committed to delivering the highest 
possible standard of customer experience and 
want to ensure we retain our loyal customers 
as well as attracting new business. We engage 
with our customers regularly and respond 
to their feedback in order to understand and 
meet their evolving needs. 

Engaging with our strategic partners enables 
us to improve our services and focus our 
research and development to meet the needs 
of our customers and ensure we obtain the 
best possible value from our investments.

The CEO and CFO regularly engage with our major investors, 
particularly at the time of the announcement of our full and half 
year results when investor roadshows are arranged. The Chair of 
the Board, Chair of the Remuneration Committee and Company 
Secretary engage with investors on matters of corporate 
governance, and the AGM provides another forum where 
investors can interact with the Board. The CFO also attends 
investor conferences from time to time. We issue updates on 
material matters via the Regulatory News Service and other 
materials are available on our website.

Our Annual Global Employee survey gives an opportunity for 
formal feedback from employees. We conduct HR Country 
Calls on a fortnightly basis, an All-Hands Call that includes the 
global workforce and the key themes of which are regularly 
fed back to the Board. We have cultivated an open and honest 
culture in which the Senior Leadership Team members are easily 
approachable. Where we have voluntarily closed certain small 
offices, regular face-to-face meetings have been scheduled. Our 
Global Employee Forum, comprising 15 employees from across 
the business, provides an opportunity to engage the executive 
team on key issues.

We engage with customers through a number of channels, 
including our Net Promoter Score (NPS) survey, Win Loss survey, 
the Customer Advisory Board, and direct interactions between 
our sales team and customers.

From time to time, customers attend meetings with the Board, 
enabling an exchange of views.

In addition to the regular feedback we receive, a Customer 
Advisory Board has been set up that meets once a year to invite 
feedback from some of the Group’s customers and partners. 
This key engagement forum enables an in-depth understanding 
of our partners’ requirements and facilitates collaboration to 
develop new solutions and to implement efficiencies in our 
existing products.

Industry bodies

We want to continue to drive progress in 
our sector and take part in the exchange 
of knowledge, expertise, and best practice 
through engagement with industry bodies.

We support and are members of a range of industry bodies 
around the globe and encourage active participation of our 
employees in these associations, with employees attending 
conferences, meetings, and round tables. 

Communities

Regulators 

We want to be able to give back to the 
communities we operate in, not only through 
charitable giving, but in the deployment of our 
resources to support specific needs.

We have matched funds for employees raising money for charity 
during our Christmas campaign in Ireland, Finland, the UK, and 
the US. We support the “Laptops for Kids” project in England, 
donating our licences and expertise.

We maintain open and transparent dialogue 
with regulators, which enables a positive and 
productive relationship as well as effective 
oversight of our operations for customers.

Our solutions have been tested, certified, approved, and 
recommended by 13+ governing bodies and leading 
organisations around the world.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

55

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   55

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   55

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:03

02/11/2021   18:04:03

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202156Directors’ Report continuedResearch and DevelopmentThe Group has a significant focus on continued research and development, to ensure that the Group’s key products continue to evolve and remain industry leading. This covers both new inventions, which are encouraged via staff incentives for proposing new ideas, and ensuring that the product set keeps pace with technological development generally in the market.We continue to invest in patenting our technology to ensure that new advances are sufficiently well protected from competition, and also obtain certifications in the geographies in which we operate to ensure our product developments are supported by endorsements from governing bodies.The Group continues to invest a significant amount in research and development, with expensed research and development costs totalling £1.1 million (2020: £1.1 million) and capitalised development costs totalling £4.2 million (2020: £4.1 million).Streamlined Energy and  Carbon ReportingDuring the year, we have taken steps to assess the environmental impact of our business, and engaged a consultancy to conduct a carbon audit of the business. Our energy consumption metrics are disclosed in the ESG Report on pages 42 to 49.Going Concern The Group meets its day-to-day working capital through its cash reserves and overdraft facility. The Group has a revolving credit facility in place; however, the Group’s forecasts and projections indicate current cash reserves are sufficient to meet the Group’s day-to-day operating activities. The performance of the Group has remained resilient through the COVID-19 pandemic and largely sheltered from any adverse consequences of Brexit, and current forecasts indicate these are not material risks to the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Further information on the Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set out in the Chief Executive’s Statement on pages 30 to 33. Further information on the financial position of the Group, its cash flow and liquidity position are described in the Chief Financial Officer’s Report on pages 34 and 35. In addition, note 26 to the financial statements details the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.The Board, therefore, has a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, it continues to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements. Financial RisksInformation on the Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies and its exposure to credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk can be found  in note 26.Post Year End EventsThere have been no events requiring disclosure since the year end.Annual General MeetingThe notice of Annual General Meeting with an explanation  of the business to be transacted can be found on pages 120 to 123. Independent AuditorsA resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors will be proposed at the AGM. Disclosure of Information  to the AuditorsAs required by Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, each Director serving at the date of approval of the financial statements confirms that:• to the best of their knowledge and belief, there is no information relevant to the preparation of their report of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and• each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.Words and phrases used in this confirmation should be interpreted in accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.By order of the BoardLorraine Young Company Secretaries LimitedCompany Secretary27 September 202130634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5630634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5602/11/2021   18:04:0402/11/2021   18:04:0430634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V757www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021GOVERNANCE30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5730634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   5702/11/2021   18:04:0602/11/2021   18:04:06Corporate Governance Report

Rob 
Woodward 
Chair

Corporate Governance Statement  
from the Chair
The Board has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code (2018) (QCA Code), and this is 
our third year of reporting against this code. Information about 
how the Company has applied the ten principles from the QCA 
Code follows this statement. The Board considers that the 
Company complies with the QCA Code.

In my role as Chair, I lead the Board’s deliberations on 
governance matters and work with the rest of the Board and 
the Company Secretary to promote good governance across 
the Group. I am also responsible for the effective running of 
the Board, including ensuring that the Board has open debate 
on appropriate matters, in which all Directors are encouraged 
to participate. This debate should be based on clear, timely 
and good quality information. Where we agree to make 
changes to our governance arrangements, I take responsibility 
to make sure the agreed actions are completed. More 
information about my role is given under principle 9 below.

Over the past year, the Board has considered a number of 
matters relating to the Group’s governance. We conducted 
a Board effectiveness review at the end of 2020. No major 
areas of concern were raised. More details of the process 
and outputs are given under principle 7 below. We also 
had Board discussions on risk and diversity and inclusion 
(D&I). Developments in each of these areas are ongoing 
and described below. There continues to be a focus on 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters within 
the Group. In 2020, Blancco produced its first ESG Report, 
which is available on our website. This is being updated for 
2021. We also provide information on our ESG credentials on 
pages 42 to 49. 

Our engagement with our shareholders has continued.  
We held our 2020 AGM fully virtually. Shareholders were able 
to attend, vote by proxy and ask questions. We have now 
incorporated presentations on the “Investor Meet Company” 
platform into our full and half year results roadshows.  
These are open to both current and potential retail investors, 
and anyone interested can register here  
www.investormeetcompany.com. Our engagement with 
institutional shareholders is noted under principle 2 below.

We continue to engage with our other stakeholders to hear 
their views and obtain feedback. Some engagement is carried 
out by the Board, but where this is not the case, the Board 
receives reports on the outcome and takes account of this 
when making decisions. Our Section 172 Report can be found 
on pages 54 and 55 of the Annual Report. 

In conclusion, all of the Directors take seriously their 
obligations to act in good faith to promote the success of 
the Company for the longer term and we strive to provide 
the right support and challenge for the executive team to 
deliver outstanding performance at an exciting stage in the 
Company’s growth and development. This is done while 
maintaining appropriate checks and balances to ensure risk 
is properly managed and that there is no compromise in 
adhering to our corporate culture and values.

Rob Woodward
Chair

27 September 2021

58

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   58

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   58

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:07

02/11/2021   18:04:07

GOVERNANCE

The following statement describes how Blancco has applied the ten principles in 
the QCA Code during the past year. The full version of this statement can be found 
under the investor section of the Company’s website. The QCA Code recommends 
that certain disclosures appear in the Annual Report and others appear on the 
website. Where more information is provided on the website, this is indicated in the 
statement below.

Deliver Growth
Principle 1: Deliver a strategy and business model  
which promote long-term value for shareholders
The Board has a discussion on strategy in May each year 
with the senior management team, following deliberations by 
the executive team. This is normally part of a two-day Board 
offsite meeting; however, during the restrictions imposed by 
the pandemic, discussions were held virtually again in 2021. 
The Board is continuing to pursue the current strategy while 
considering longer-term opportunities for business growth, 
with a focus on how Blancco can help its end customers to do 
business in a more sustainable and environmentally friendly way. 

The Board receives regular updates from members of the 
senior management team about progress in delivering the 
strategy and will, from time to time, invite individuals to present 
to the Board so that Directors can understand and discuss 
various aspects of the business model, providing support and 
challenge from their skills and experience. During the year, the 
Board received reports on various projects carried out by  
the executive team to drive improvements and efficiencies in 
the business including customer support, intellectual  
property protection and the simplification of the Group 
corporate structure.

The Board and executive team have continued to discuss 
the impacts of the pandemic on the Group’s business – both 
positive and negative – including how risks can be mitigated 
and opportunities exploited. There remained a focus on 
prudent financial management throughout the year and 
the normal budgeting process was adapted to allow it to be 
flexible and fit for purpose in the new circumstances in which 
we all found ourselves. 

Principle 2: Seek to understand and meet  
shareholder needs and expectations
The Company seeks to engage with shareholders in a number 
of ways. These are described in the full version of the corporate 
governance statement, which is on the Company’s website.

Principle 3: Take into account wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their implications for long-term success
As the executive team reviews the Group’s strategy from time 
to time, they consider the key resources and relationships 
which are essential to the ongoing success and growth 
of the business in light of the evolution of the technology, 
products and services offered, the markets in which the 
business operates and the competitor landscape, among 
other things. Their conclusions are shared with the Board. 
Further information on the Company’s stakeholders and 
how the Board takes their views into account is given on the 
Company’s website.

Principle 4: Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and threats,  
throughout the organisation
During the year, the executive team has continued to assess 
the opportunities and risks facing the Group, particularly as the 
pandemic and its impacts evolved. They produced an updated 
risk analysis and matrix, which lists the key risks faced by the 
Group, their likelihood and impact and what is being done to 
mitigate them. 

The Board considers this high level analysis as an agenda item 
at least twice each year and on other occasions if something 
significant has changed which requires reconsideration of 
the risks the business faces. The executive team also reviews 
the risk analysis quarterly. The Audit Committee reviews the 
risk management and internal control framework at least 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

59

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   59

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   59

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:09

02/11/2021   18:04:09

Corporate Governance Report continued

annually and reports to the Board on its effectiveness, with any 
recommendations for improvements.

During the last year, an external firm (Protiviti) was engaged 
on a project to review how risk was assessed, monitored and 
reported across the Group. An immediate output from the 
project was a thorough review and updating of the Group’s 
risk register. The executive team is now refining this work and 
the next iteration of the register has been presented to and 
discussed by the Board. 

The Board is considering the output from the project and 
more work may be undertaken in future on defining a risk 
appetite with associated tolerances and limits, adopting 
a risk taxonomy, considering additional inputs to the risk 
identification process and enhancing the Group’s Risk 
Management Policy. The Board agreed that, while some 
improvements could be made to the Group’s risk management 
processes and framework, this had to be balanced with the 
need for them not to become too complex, given the size and 
nature of the organisation. 

A list of the key risks facing the Group, with the actions taken  
to mitigate them can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 
36 to 40.

Maintain a Dynamic  
Management Framework
Principle 5: Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the Chair
The Board considers that each of the Non-executive Directors 
is independent. The Executive Directors are both employed 
by the Company on a full-time basis. All of the Non-executive 
Directors demonstrate the commitment to their roles which 
is expected of them and give sufficient time to carry out their 
duties properly.

Information on the roles and duties of the Chair, CEO,  
Non-executive Directors and the Company Secretary is given 
under principle 9 below. The time commitment for the Chair  
is approximately one day per week. The time commitment  
for the other Non-executive Directors is approximately 30 days 
per year.

The table below shows the number of Board and Committee 
meetings held during the financial year to 30 June 2021 and 
the attendance record of each Director.

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nominations Committee

Eligible to 
attend

Attended

Eligible to 
attend

Attended

Eligible to 
attend

Attended

Eligible to 
attend

Attended

Rob Woodward

Matt Jones

Adam Moloney

Frank Blin

Catherine Michel

Philip Rogerson

Tom Skelton

* Attended by invitation.

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

8

9

9

3

–

–

3

3

3

3

3

3*

3*

3

3

3

3

5

–

–

5

5

5

5

5

4*

4*

5

5

5

5

3

–

–

3

3

3

3

3

3*

3*

3

3

3

3

If Directors are unable to attend Board or Committee 
meetings, they review the relevant papers and give their views 
to the Board or Committee Chair and are provided with an 
update after the meeting. 

(including cybersecurity) and related sectors. Three are 
accountants and several have served on listed company 
boards (including as Chair) for many years, bringing a good 
breadth of corporate governance knowledge.

Principle 6: Ensure that, between them, the  
Directors have the necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills and capabilities
The names of the Directors who served during the year are 
given in the Directors’ Report on page 54. Brief biographical 
details of each Director are set out on pages 52 and 53 and 
on our website. The Directors come from diverse professional 
backgrounds and have a wide range of experience. Three 
of them have served as CEOs in public companies and all 
have experience of running businesses and/or advising 
business owners and leaders, some of which was carried 
out with international organisations. In their other roles, 
they have contributed to the development of strategy and 
handled M&A and other corporate finance transactions. Four 
of the Directors have relevant experience in the technology 

Each year, the Board receives an update on the AIM rules 
from the Company’s nomad. As part of the strategy review 
sessions and at other times during the year, the Board is 
given presentations by members of the leadership team on 
various aspects of the business. The Company Secretary 
provides a regular update to the Board on relevant legal, 
regulatory and governance matters. This year, these updates 
included the new QCA guide to ESG as well as research 
reports on directors using independent judgement and 
board dynamics. The Board also considered certain aspects 
of the government’s consultation “Restoring trust in audit 
and corporate governance” and the potential impact of the 
proposals on Blancco, as a result of which it submitted a 
response to the consultation. 

60

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   60

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   60

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:09

02/11/2021   18:04:09

GOVERNANCE

The external auditor provides information about changes to 
accounting standards and developments in financial reporting.

The Remuneration Committee has appointed Deloitte to 
advise it on market practice and investor relations in respect of 
remuneration matters. 

Details of the Company’s other retained professional advisors 
are given on page 53 and on our website.

The Company Secretary provides advice to the Board and 
Committees, as well as to individual Directors, as required. She 
supports the Chair on matters of corporate governance and 
the running of the Board and Nominations Committee. A full 
role description for the Company Secretary can be found on 
the Company’s website.

Philip Rogerson is the Senior Independent Director (SID) 
and a role description for this position is on the Company’s 
website. He is also available to engage with investors if they 
prefer this route to the normal channels of communication. 
Any engagement with shareholders is reported to the Board 
either immediately or at the next following Board meeting, as 
appropriate.

Principle 7: Evaluate Board performance based on clear 
and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement
The Board carries out a regular (usually annual) effectiveness 
review using questionnaires. The review includes an evaluation 
of the Board’s own effectiveness and that of its Committees 
and individual Directors. The questions are updated each 
year. As part of the review, the Chair meets with each of the 
Directors to discuss performance, Board composition and 
succession planning. The SID leads a review of the Chair’s 
performance. All of these interactions were conducted 
virtually for the most recent review, which was held at the 
end of 2020. More details of the review are given on the 
Company’s website. The overall conclusion was that the 
Board, Committees and Directors were performing well and 
there were no major concerns. The Board also noted changes 
in responses compared to the review held in 2019. 

Principle 8: Promote a corporate culture that is based  
on ethical values and behaviours
The executive team launched the Company’s vision, mission 
and values during 2019. More information relating to this 
principle is on the Company’s website. 

Principle 9: Maintain governance structures and 
processes that are fit for purpose and support  
good decision-making by the Board
The Board is made up of seven Directors, two of whom are 
Executive and five of whom are Non-executive. All of the 
Non-executive Directors are independent. The Board has an 
Audit Committee, chaired by Dr Frank Blin, a Remuneration 
Committee, chaired by Tom Skelton, and a Nominations 
Committee, chaired by Rob Woodward. All of the Non-
executive Directors are members of these Committees. The 
Executive Directors and others may be invited to attend the 
Committee meetings from time to time.

The Chair is responsible for the leadership of the Board and 
ensuring its effectiveness. He is also responsible for creating 
the right Board dynamic and for promoting a culture of 
openness and debate, in addition to ensuring constructive and 

productive relations between Executive and Non-executive 
Directors. The Chair acts as an ambassador for the Company 
to its stakeholders, and in particular, works to ensure there is 
sufficient and effective communication with shareholders and 
to understand their issues and concerns.

The CEO, with the senior management team, is responsible 
for running the business, developing Group strategy having 
regard to the Group’s responsibilities to its shareholders, 
customers, business (channel) partners, employees and 
other stakeholders. He is also responsible for delivery of 
the successful achievement of objectives and execution of 
strategy following presentation to, and approval by, the Board, 
optimising the use of the Group’s resources.

The Non-executive Directors are responsible for exercising 
independent and objective judgement when making Board 
decisions, developing corporate strategy with senior 
management, and for scrutinising and constructively 
challenging the actions of senior management.

Philip Rogerson is the Senior Independent Non-executive 
Director, to whom concerns may be conveyed by shareholders 
if they are unable to resolve them through existing routes 
for investor communications or where such channels are 
inappropriate.

The Company Secretary is responsible for advising the 
Board on corporate governance matters, supporting the 
Board and Committee Chairs in the running of the Board and 
Committees, and liaising with shareholders on governance 
matters, among other things.

Further information, including links to role descriptions for the 
Board, the list of matters reserved to the Board and the terms 
of reference for the Board Committees can be found on the 
Company’s website. The Board considers that the current 
governance framework is fit for purpose for the Company at its 
present stage of development and there are no current plans 
to change it.

Build Trust
Principle 10: Communicate how the Company is governed 
and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders
The work of the Audit and Remuneration Committees during 
the year is given in their respective reports. The report of the 
Audit Committee is on pages 62 to 65 and the report of the 
Remuneration Committee is on pages 66 to 70.

The Board skills audit was refreshed in 2020 as part of the 
Board effectiveness review. This showed that the Directors 
do have, between them, a wide range of relevant skills and 
experience, which is sufficient for the needs of the Group 
at the current time. The balance of knowledge, skills and 
experience on the Board will be kept under review as the 
business grows.

Information about the disclosure of AGM voting and 
publication of the Annual Report can be found on the 
Company’s website. 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

61

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   61

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   61

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:10

02/11/2021   18:04:10

Audit Committee Report

Key Areas of Focus During the Year
During the 2021 annual cycle, the Audit Committee met three 
times. It has an annual work plan, developed from its terms of 
reference, with standing items that the Committee considers 
at each meeting in addition to any specific matters, which the 
Committee chooses to focus on. 

The Audit Committee primarily focuses on challenging the 
assumptions and agreeing the accounting proposed by 
the executive management team in judgmental areas and 
to ensure sufficient controls are in place to mitigate against 
potential misstatement in the financial statements. This 
includes assessing Group-wide internal controls. 

Additionally, the Committee reviews the Group’s Risk 
Management Framework at each meeting. 

The Chief Financial Officer presents the risks as documented 
by the Group’s Risk and Opportunities Committee, which are 
presented against an assessment of likelihood and severity, 
and the associated mitigations of those risks. The key risks 
faced by the Group are presented in the Strategic Report. 

During the year, the Committee reviewed the outcome of a 
review of the Group’s risk framework by a third party, Protiviti. 
The purpose of the review was to review and appraise the 
Group’s existing risk register and to provide an external 
viewpoint of the risks that the Group faces. The Committee 
was satisfied the outcome of this review has resulted in 
sufficient coverage and documentation of the significant risks 
that the Group faces, which are disclosed in the Principal Risks 
and Uncertainties on pages 36 to 40.

The Committee also reviews the Group’s Code of Conduct 
and any instances of whistleblowing in the year. There have 
been no incidents of whistleblowing events in the current or 
previous financial years.

The Committee reviews the work of the external auditor. This 
includes approving the audit scope and approach, the fees for 
both audit and non-audit services and reviewing the outcome 
of audit work. Any non-audit work provided by the incumbent 
auditor, for which the fee would be above £20,000, must be 
approved by the Board.

Auditor’s Independence
The Group’s auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
(PwC). PwC was first appointed auditor at the 2017 Annual 
General Meeting and reappointed at each subsequent AGM. 
Assignments of non-audit work have been, and continue to 
be, subject to controls by management that have been agreed 
by the Audit Committee, so that auditor independence is not 
compromised. The Group has not instructed any non-audit 
work by PwC during the 2021 financial year.

The Audit Committee and the Board place great emphasis 
on the objectivity of the external auditor in its reporting 
to shareholders. The audit partner and senior manager 
attend Audit Committee meetings as required to ensure full 
communication of matters relating to the audit. The overall 
performance of the auditor is reviewed annually by the Audit 
Committee, taking into account the views of management, and 
feedback is provided when necessary to senior members of 
the audit firm unrelated to the audit. The Audit Committee also 
has discussions with the auditor, without management being 
present, on the adequacy of controls and on any judgmental 
areas. These discussions have proved satisfactory.

During the year, the Committee undertook an audit tender 
involving written and oral presentations from a number of 
firms. PwC was successful and will retain the audit for the 
2022 financial year onwards. 

62

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   62

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   62

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:11

02/11/2021   18:04:11

Accounting and Financial  
Reporting Matters Considered  
by the Audit Committee
After discussion with both management and the external 
auditor, the Audit Committee determined that the key risks of 
potential misstatement in the Group’s financial statements 
related to revenue recognition, management override of 
controls, capitalisation of development costs, and, for the 
parent company, investments in and amounts due from 
subsidiaries. 

As agreed with the external auditor, the risk of goodwill 
recoverability is reduced and no longer represents a key 
risk as the Group maintains substantial headroom both 
under market and income-based valuation methodologies. 
Additionally, the acquisition of Blancco Ireland is no longer a 
key risk as this was a one-off event in the previous financial 
year. The only material fair-value adjustments that remain 
from this acquisition relate to the acquired intangibles, which 
comprise less than 5% of the Group’s intangible assets. The 
Committee is satisfied with the ongoing measurement and 
annual impairment review of these assets.

These issues were discussed with management during the 
year and with the external auditor at the time, the Committee 
reviewed and agreed the external auditor’s audit plan, and 
also at the conclusion of the audit of the annual financial 
statements in September 2021. 

Internal Audit
On a periodic basis, the Committee discusses the requirement 
for the Group to have an internal audit function. The 
Committee believes that the existing control framework, 
reporting from management, and work performed by the 
external auditor is sufficient for the size and complexity of the 
business, and there are therefore no current plans to appoint 
an internal auditor. 

Revenue Recognition
The Group enters into contracts where revenue recognition 
can be complex. There is potential risk of misstatement of 
revenues associated with software licence contracts where:
−

The contract delivers multiple separable elements

−

−

Timing/proof of delivery of licences and associated 
services can vary across contracts

Delivery of contracts takes place through several channels, 
direct to customers, via a third party, and through virtual 
delivery via the cloud

Judgement is required in establishing the transfer of control 
under IFRS 15. This is particularly pertinent for multiple 
element contracts where certain deliverables could be 
inherently tied to others and where this judgement could vary 
on a contract-by-contract basis. There are further judgements 
made in relation to the point at which delivery has occurred 
where licences are held on a cloud account managed by 
Blancco, and in relation to the allocation of the transaction 
price to separable performance obligations of a revenue 
contract.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

GOVERNANCE

Judgement is required to determine whether the conditions 
for recognising revenue for any particular contract under the 
Group’s accounting policies have been met. 

The accounting policies of the Group are outlined in note 1.10 
to the financial statements.

In exercising this judgement, and with respect to revenue 
recognition on specific contracts, management highlighted to 
the Committee how it arrived at the key assumptions.  
This included:

•  A summary of the main contract terms

•  The point of revenue recognition under contracts

•  Comparison of the payment profile with the revenue profile 

of key contracts

•  Analyses of separable elements of the revenue streams 
where multiple service components are delivered to the 
customers

•  The controls in place to ensure contracts are appropriately 

recorded in the financial statements

Management also highlighted the controls in place around 
inception of a sales contract, completeness of invoicing, 
processing of revenue recognition and debt management. 

The Committee’s deliberations involved considering and 
understanding the outcome of management’s review of material 
contracts on an individual basis, to ensure there was sufficient 
evidence for both meeting the revenue recognition criteria 
under IFRS 15, and gaining sufficient comfort that the monies 
for revenues booked would be collected on a timely basis. 

It also involved assessment of the findings of the external 
auditor across individual contracts tested.

The Committee was satisfied that there was a reasonable 
basis for the revenue recognition assessments, there was an 
expectation that the revenue recognised would be collected in 
full and that the accounting treatment adopted was reasonable.

The Committee concluded that: 

• 

• 

• 

In respect of management’s judgements in applying 
the requirements of IFRS 15, these judgements were 
reasonable

In respect of the software and services element 
arrangements, the basis used was based on contract 
terms and the treatment adopted by management was 
reasonable

In respect of nature and timing of delivery of software, the 
point of transfer of control was reasonably recorded

•  The controls in place for approvals for material and non-

standard contracts were appropriate

•  The controls in place for review of contracts and ensuring 

checking of revenue recognition were appropriate

• 

In respect of the cash collected, there was a strong 
correlation between revenues recognised and cash 
collected at and subsequent to the year end 

The Committee was satisfied with the disclosures in the 
financial statements.

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

63

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   63

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   63

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:11

02/11/2021   18:04:11

 
 
 
30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202164Audit Committee Report continuedManagement Override of ControlsThe Board recognises that the risk of override of controls cannot be fully eliminated in any business and that there are clearly defined policies and controls in place. The Board is in constant communication with management and requests updates on the state of the control environment, to be comfortable that risks are mitigated as far as practicable, with a particular focus on revenue recognition.The Board has further reviewed the controls over access to cash and cash management to ensure that the risk of misappropriation of cash is at a sufficiently low level.The Committee concluded that:• The Board has performed appropriate procedures to minimise the risk of any possible management override of controls as they relate to the financial statements; • The scope of work of the auditor has been sufficient to identify weaknesses in the control environment, and that the prevalence of weakness is at a reasonable level;• The Group’s control environment, including the controls over revenue management, provides an appropriate level of coverage and review over revenue contracts;• Management’s oversight of its operating locations covering accounting, banking and operational matters is reasonable; and• The Group’s systems are appropriate for the business.Capitalisation of Development CostsThe Group undertakes development of its products. A large proportion of this cost capitalisation is for internal staff costs working on these projects. The accounting policies of the Group are outlined in note 1.6 to the financial statements. There is a potential risk of misstatement because of:• Inappropriate judgements on whether a project or asset meets the criteria for capitalisation;• Inappropriate allocation of staff time between research and administration, which does not qualify for capitalisation, and development work;• Impairment of capitalised assets which depends on future cash flows; and• Development of new technology may render previously capitalised assets obsolete.In addition, uncertainty arises specifically in the assessment of future cash flows which are inherently difficult to predict.Management highlighted to the Committee how they arrived at the key assumptions. This included:• A summary of the processes used in determining what costs to capitalise, including assessment of projects completed in the year;• Consideration of the future economic benefit of current development work and acquired IP, including scrutiny of planning and assessment of contracted future revenues and the pipeline of new business;• Review of estimates of future cash flows;• Review of the assumed useful economic life used; and• Review of past development projects that have generated economic benefit for the Group.The Committee challenged management’s key assumptions to understand their impact. The Committee was satisfied that the assumptions used were appropriately scrutinised, challenged and sufficiently robust. The Committee concluded that: • In respect of the capitalisation of costs, the amounts allocated to the development phase of the intangible assets were appropriately capitalised and supported by project data;• In respect of potential impairment, future cash flows sufficiently supported the asset value; and• In respect of the potential impairment of development intangibles, the value of future cash flows was expected to be in excess of the carrying value of the intangible.Recoverability of Amounts Due from Subsidiaries (Company only)For the Parent Company, the recoverability of amounts due from subsidiaries is considered to be a potential risk should the future profitability of the Group be insufficient to substantiate the carrying value of assets.Uncertainty arises due to the difficulties in forecasting and discounting future cash flows that support cash generation in the future. Furthermore, estimation uncertainty exists in assessing the appropriate level of loss provision on amounts due from subsidiaries for the Parent Company, considering the lack of historical evidence available within the Group.The relevant accounting policies of the Company are outlined in note 3.2 to the Company’s financial statements.30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   6430634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   6402/11/2021   18:04:1102/11/2021   18:04:1130634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V765www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021GOVERNANCEManagement highlighted to the Committee how it arrived at the key assumptions to estimate the future cash flows. This included:• A robust budget process including the input of functional managers across the business for the financial year ending June 2022;• Other underlying assumptions, by benchmarking these against prior performance and also market and sector trends;• The resilience of the Group operating within an economic environment impacted by COVID-19, and how the Group expects to continue to generate profit and growth in its forecasts;• Quality and integrity of the Group’s forecast P&L and cash flow models;• Sensitivity analysis performed; • Annual testing procedure together with review of year to date actuals; and • Assessment of the discount rates used.The Committee evaluated management’s assumptions through the planning process and in its assessment of the net present value of future cash flows into the medium term, and was satisfied that the value in use as represented by the net present value of future cash flows was sufficient to justify the carrying value of amounts due from subsidiaries. The Committee was satisfied that the work performed sufficiently addressed the ongoing risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.The Committee reviewed the basis of calculation of loss provision for amounts due from subsidiaries for the Company as required under IFRS 9 and concluded this was appropriate.The Committee concluded it was satisfied with the disclosures in the financial statements and:• The projected future cash generation of the business was sufficient to justify the carrying value of amounts due from subsidiaries; and• The loss allowance applied was appropriate based on management’s benchmarking, and impairment testing and sensitivity analysis thereon indicated evidence of recoverability was otherwise sufficient.Conclusion in Respect of the Annual Report and Financial Statements The production and the audit of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts is a comprehensive process requiring input from a number of different contributors. One of the key requirements of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts is that they are fair, balanced and understandable. The Board has requested that the Audit Committee advises on whether it considers that the Annual Report and Accounts fulfil these requirements.As a result of the work performed, the Committee has concluded that the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy and has reported on these findings to the Board. The Board’s conclusions in this respect are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 71.Frank BlinChair of the Audit Committee27 September 202130634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   6530634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   6502/11/2021   18:04:1202/11/2021   18:04:12Remuneration Committee Report

The Remuneration Committee determines on behalf of the 
Board the Company’s policy on the remuneration and terms of 
engagement of the Executive Directors and senior executives. 

•  Group performance – The Group continues to deliver 
on its strategy with strong financial and non-financial 
performance in the year to 30 June 2021;

The members of the Remuneration Committee are disclosed 
in the Corporate Governance Report on page 61. In February 
2021, Tom Skelton assumed the role of Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, replacing Philip Rogerson. 

The Remuneration Committee is supported by Sarah Smith, 
the Company’s HR Director and by its advisors, Deloitte. 
Deloitte do not provide any other services to the Group, 
although have recently been onboarded as a sales partner. 
Executive Directors also attend Remuneration Committee 
meetings by invitation when appropriate but are not present at 
any discussion of their own remuneration.

Remuneration Policy for all Employees
The Group operates in a highly competitive global 
environment for talent in the technology sector. For the 
Group to compete successfully, it is essential that the level of 
remuneration and benefits offered is reflective of the market in 
each location in order to attract, retain and motivate individuals 
of a high calibre at all levels across the Group, while ensuring 
that arrangements are aligned with business strategy and 
shareholders’ interests.

The Group, therefore, sets out to provide competitive 
remuneration to all its employees, appropriate to the business 
environment in the markets in which it operates. To achieve 
this, each individual’s remuneration package is based upon the 
following principles:

•  Total rewards are set to provide a fair and attractive 
remuneration package without paying more than is 
necessary; and 

•  Appropriate elements of the remuneration package are 
designed to create alignment with business strategy, to 
reinforce the link between performance and reward and to 
reflect the shareholder experience.

Remuneration of Executive Directors
The Executive Directors’ remuneration is made up of:

•  Fixed elements, comprising base salary, benefits and 

pensions; and

•  Performance-related elements, comprising an annual 

bonus and long-term incentive – the Blancco Performance 
Share Plan.

During the year ended 30 June 2021, the Committee 
undertook a thorough review of the components of executive 
remuneration to ensure they remain best positioned to 
support the delivery of our forward-looking strategy and the 
creation of long-term value for our shareholders. As part of 
this review, the Committee considered a number of factors, 
including:

•  Creation of shareholder value – Over the three-year period 
from July 2018, Blancco’s market capitalisation has grown 
by 290% to £200 million. Total shareholder return over the 
same period was 229% compared to around 21% for the 
AIM All Share index;

•  Global talent market – A significant part of our business 
and half of the executive team, including the CEO, are 
based in the US where the market for pay is very different 
and the quantum offered is often higher than in the UK; and 

•  Shareholder expectations – Reflective of our listing, 

the Committee remains mindful of market practice and 
shareholder expectations in the UK. 

As a result of the review and in line with the Group’s 
remuneration principles that apply to all employees, the 
Committee is proposing a number of changes to executive 
remuneration arrangements, as detailed in this report. Overall, 
these changes aim to ensure that the Group continues to pay 
at a level that enables it to recruit and retain the executives 
required to execute the strategy and deliver value for 
shareholders. 

Base salary 
Base salaries are set by the Remuneration Committee each 
year, after taking into consideration levels of responsibility, 
the performance and experience of the individuals and salary 
levels for similar positions in comparator companies and 
location.

Following a review in June 2021, the Committee agreed to 
increase the CEO’s salary to $405,462 per annum  
(3% increase) and the CFO’s salary to £242,822 per annum 
(2.5% increase) with effect from 1 July 2021. These increases 
are in line with the relevant US and UK employee cost of living 
salary increases awarded to the wider employee population 
earlier in the year. The annual pay review for the Executive 
Directors for 2020/21 was deferred from the normal date in 
October 2020 to July 2021 in light of the pandemic.

The wider employee population will be eligible for a further 
review from 1 October 2021, and it is intended that at this time 
the CEO’s salary will be increased by a further 3% to $417,728 
per annum in line with the wider US employee cost of living 
salary increases. 

Benefits in kind
These principally comprise car benefits, life assurance, 
permanent health insurance and membership of the Group’s 
healthcare insurance scheme or payment in lieu of benefits. 
Benefits do not form part of pensionable earnings.

Pensions
The Group makes defined contributions into individual pension 
plans. The CEO receives a pension contribution of 4% of base 
salary up to the annual pension cap of $26,000 for 2020/2021. 
The CFO receives a total pension contribution of 4% of 
base salary, which due to tax regulations is taken as pension 
contribution of 1.68% of base salary and a cash allowance 
of 2.32%. Pension contributions for both the CEO and CFO 
are in line with the approach for the US and UK workforce, 
respectively. 

The amounts payable in the financial year are set out in the 
Directors’ emoluments table on page 69.

66

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   66

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   66

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:12

02/11/2021   18:04:12

GOVERNANCE

Annual bonuses
Annual bonuses for the Executive Directors are typically 
determined by reference to performance targets based on the 
Group’s financial results and individual personal objectives set 
at the beginning of the financial year. 

Blancco Performance Share Plan
The Company has in place a long-term incentive plan – the 
Blancco Performance Share Plan (the Plan) – to incentivise 
Executive Directors and senior management to drive long-
term sustainable growth for shareholders. 

Operation for the year ended 30 June 2021
For the year ended 30 June 2021, the core bonus potential for 
the CEO and CFO was 100% of salary (maximum opportunity 
of 125% of salary including the “kicker”). The operation of the 
kicker, which was introduced two years ago in order to drive 
exceptional levels of performance, enables participants to 
earn up to 125% of their core annual bonus opportunity for 
the achievement of superior performance above that which is 
required for the core award. 

The annual bonus was based on two-thirds revenue targets 
and one-third personal objectives, subject to a minimum level 
of attainment on adjusted operating profit. The minimum 
level of attainment on the adjusted operating profit was 
achieved. Revenue increased by 12% in constant currency 
over the course of the year, which exceeded the Board’s 
initial expectations for the year and the target set for the core 
bonus. As a result, 100% of the financial element of the core 
bonus will pay out. The stretch target set for the kicker was 
also partially met. 

In addition, strong individual contributions from both Executive 
Directors resulted in 100% delivery of key personal objectives. 
Key achievements against personal objectives include: 

•  CEO – driving long-term vision and strategy for the 

Company, resulting in a robust financial position, building 
a strong employee culture with employee engagement 
at an all-time high of 80%, effectively assessing market 
opportunities and risks, and creating an agile organisation 
built to quickly respond to changes in the environment 
enabling strong performance. 

•  CFO – developing and executing an adaptable operating 
plan, which resulted in an overachievement of profit and 
cash flow targets despite the challenges of a world-wide 
pandemic, leading the development of our ESG strategy 
and the creation of our first ESG Report card enabling the 
business to gain an ‘A’ rating from one of the leading ESG 
rating agencies.

With the kicker applied to both the achievement of financial 
targets and personal objectives, the overall bonus pay out was 
112% of base salary for the CEO and CFO.

Operation for the year ending 30 June 2022
For the year ending 30 June 2022, the annual bonus will 
continue to be based on two-thirds revenue targets and 
one-third personal objectives, subject to a minimum level of 
attainment on adjusted operating profit. Personal objectives 
for the CEO relate to driving the long-term strategy, building a 
strong and diverse workforce, driving Blancco to a leadership 
position in ESG, embedding structural changes and for the 
CFO relate to leading the development and implementation 
of the Group’s ESG strategy, driving the long-term financial 
strategy, financial planning and reviewing the global office 
space requirements.

The core bonus for the CEO and CFO will remain unchanged 
at 100% of base salary per annum (maximum opportunity of 
125% of salary including the kicker). 

It is intended that annual awards will be granted under the plan 
to Executive Directors and senior management. The awards 
will be subject to stretching performance conditions over 
a three-year period, which will be selected annually by the 
Remuneration Committee prior to the grant of awards and will 
closely align to the Company’s key business objectives.

Vesting of grants made in the year ended  
30 June 2019
On 5 November 2018, Matt Jones was granted an award over 
407,455 ordinary shares of 2p each in the Company in the 
form of conditional shares under the Plan. This corresponded 
to 150% of salary. On 25 July 2018 (when he joined Blancco), 
Adam Moloney was granted an award over 302,632 ordinary 
shares of 2p each in the Company in the form of conditional 
shares under the Plan. This corresponded to 100% of salary. 

The vesting of these awards was based 50% on invoiced 
revenue and 50% on adjusted operating cash flow. The 
targets are measured in terms of constant currency to allow 
for the participant to neither benefit from, nor be hindered by, 
currency movements. When assessing invoiced sales, the 
Committee also considers the profitability of such revenue to 
ensure that growth in invoiced sales reflects value creation for 
shareholders.

In determining vesting, the Committee considers performance 
against targets as well as broader financial and non-financial 
performance of the business over the three-year performance 
period to ensure the outcome is commensurate with the 
overall performance delivered. At the time of publication of 
the Annual Report and Accounts, the Committee is still in the 
process of finalising the vesting outcome, in consultation with 
key shareholders. The final vesting outcome will be disclosed 
on the website prior to the AGM.

Operation for grants made in the year ended  
30 June 2021
On 11 November 2020, Matt Jones was granted an award 
over 202,439 ordinary shares of 2p each in the Company 
in the form of conditional shares under the Plan. This 
corresponded to 130% of salary. On 11 November 2020, 
Adam Moloney was granted an award over 74,614 ordinary 
shares of 2p each in the Company in the form of nil-cost 
options under the Plan. This corresponded to 60% of salary.

These awards will vest based 33% on revenue, 33% adjusted 
operating cash flow and 33% adjusted operating profit. These 
measures were selected to support the delivery of long-term 
success of the business and increasing value for shareholders. 
Performance will be assessed based on outcomes for the year 
ended 30 June 2023 against the following targets, and will 
vest when the Committee determines the extent to which the 
performance conditions have been satisfied, which will usually 
be upon Board approval of the audited financial accounts for 
that year. 

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

67

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   67

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   67

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:12

02/11/2021   18:04:12

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Measure

Revenue

Adjusted operating cash flow

Adjusted operating profit

Weighting

33%

33%

33%

Threshold
(25% vesting)

Target
(50% vesting)

Maximum
(100% vesting)

£38.7m

£8.2m

£4.8m

£42.3m

£8.7m

£5.0m

£46.1m

£9.2m

£5.2m

The targets are measured in terms of constant currency 
to allow for the participant to neither benefit from, nor be 
disadvantaged by, currency movements.

When assessing the level of vesting in respect of the revenue 
portion, the Committee will also consider the profitability 
of such revenue to ensure that growth in revenue reflects 
value creation for shareholders. The Committee retains the 
discretion to adjust the vesting outcome if it is not considered 
to be reflective of underlying financial or non-financial 
performance of the business or the performance of the 
individual over the performance period, or where the outcome 
is not considered appropriate in the context of the experience 
of shareholders or other stakeholders.

Operation for grants made in the year ending  
30 June 2022
Following the review of the components of executive 
remuneration, as described earlier, the Remuneration 
Committee agreed to increase the maximum long-term 
incentive opportunity levels as follows:

•  The normal long-term incentive opportunity for the CEO 
will be increased from 130% to 170% of salary on an 
ongoing basis.

•  There are malus and clawback provisions for all awards 

under the Plan, which allow the Remuneration Committee 
to reduce or clawback awards made, in the event of a 
material misstatement of the accounts; error in assessing 
the performance condition; material failure of risk 
management; serious reputational damage; or gross 
misconduct on the part of the participant. The malus and 
clawback provisions will apply, unless the Remuneration 
Committee determines otherwise, for a period of five years 
from the date of grant. 

•  Where an individual leaves the Group, they would normally 
lose their awards, unless the Remuneration Committee 
determines that they should be treated as a “good leaver”, 
in which case, they would be allowed to keep their awards. 
A participant is classified a good leaver in the case of ill-
health, injury, disability, the individual’s employing company 
or business being sold out of the Group or any other 
reason at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. 
Awards for good leavers would normally be retained post- 
leaving and vest on the normal vesting date and would 
normally be pro-rated for time and performance (where 
applicable).

•  Awards would normally vest on a change of control. In 

•  The normal long-term incentive opportunity for the CFO 

will be increased from 60% to 80% of salary on an ongoing 
basis.

these circumstances, awards would normally be pro-rated 
for time and would vest taking into account performance 
achieved. 

The Committee considers that this level of award is 
appropriate to reflect the Group’s recent performance both 
from a growth and profitability perspective, the business 
environment in the markets we operate, but also to ensure we 
continue to remain competitive in key geographies from which 
we source talent, particularly the US where the CEO is located. 

Performance measures remain unchanged from prior years. 
These awards will therefore be based one-third on revenue, 
one-third on adjusted operating profit and one-third on 
adjusted operating cash flow. 

Other key points related to the operation of the Plan are as 
follows:

•  Awards will receive dividend equivalents, to reflect the 

value of any dividends paid during the vesting period.

•  The Plan limits shareholder dilution to 10% of the issued 
share capital over a ten-year period. This dilution limit 
applies to newly issued shares under all Group share 
incentive plans. 

As of 30 June 2021, dilution in respect of Blancco share 
awards granted in the last ten years represented 4.1% of the 
Company’s issued share capital.

Service contracts
The CEO and CFO have both entered into service agreements 
with the Company. The agreement with the CEO provides for 
12 months’ notice from the Company and six months’ notice 
from the executive. The agreement with the CFO provides for 
six months’ notice from both the Company and the executive. 
Under the service agreements a payment in lieu of notice may 
be made in respect of salary and benefits only.

Payments to past Directors
No payments were made to past Directors during the year.

68

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   68

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   68

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:12

02/11/2021   18:04:12

GOVERNANCE

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration
Non-executive Directors are appointed for a specified term, 
being an initial three-year period, subject to their re-election 
by shareholders at the first AGM after their appointment. The 
initial three-year period may be extended for a further three-
year term, at the discretion of the Board and subject to the 
ongoing requirement for re-election by shareholders under 
the Company’s articles. On termination, no compensation is 
payable other than outstanding fees. 

The Non-executive Directors receive fees that are set by the 
Board as a whole. For UK-based Directors, the current fee is 
£45,000 per annum. For Tom Skelton, who is based in the US, 
the current fee is $66,216 per annum. A further amount is 
payable to each of the Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees to reflect the additional responsibilities and time 
commitments of these roles. Up to 30 June 2021, this was 
£3,000 per annum for UK-based Directors and $4,170 per 
annum for the US-based Director. 

Audited details of the Directors’ emoluments are given below.

From 1 July 2021, it has been agreed to increase these 
amounts to £6,000 per annum and $8,340 per annum 
respectively. 

The Board Chair receives an annual fee of £95,000 per 
annum, which reflects the additional responsibilities and time 
commitment required for this role. This remains unchanged.

There have been no other changes in Non-executive Director 
fees during the year or since the year end. No incentives, 
pensions or other benefits are available to the Non-executive 
Directors. 

The Board may request Non-executive Directors to perform 
specific additional work at an agreed day rate. It would be the 
intention of the Board that the Directors’ independence is not 
prejudiced by the nature of any such additional work, and none 
was undertaken during the year to 30 June 2021.

Current Executive Directors
Matt Jones1

Adam Moloney

Non-executive Directors

Frank Blin 

Catherine Michel

Philip Rogerson 
Tom Skelton1

Rob Woodward

Total

Salary and 
fees
2021
£’000

Benefits
2021
£’000

Annual bonus
2021
£’000

Pension 
contributions
2021
£’000

294

243

537

48

45

47

51

95

286

823

10

2

12

–

–

–

–

–

–

319

265

584

–

–

–

–

–

–

9

3

12

–

–

–

–

–

–

12

584

12

Total
2021
£’000

632

513

1,145

48

45

47

51

95

286

1,431

Total
2020
£’000

487

364

851

48

23

48

52

95

266

1,117

1. 

Remuneration for Matt Jones and Tom Skelton is paid in US dollars and is therefore subject to exchange rate fluctuations when translated into sterling.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

69

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   69

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   69

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:12

02/11/2021   18:04:12

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Directors’ Beneficial Interests in Shares 
The interests of the Directors who held office at 30 June 2021 and their connected parties in the ordinary share capital of the 
Company are as shown in the table below. 

Executive Directors

Matt Jones

Adam Moloney

Non-executive Directors

Frank Blin 

Catherine Michel

Philip Rogerson 

Tom Skelton

Rob Woodward

As at 
30 June 
2021 
Number

159,232

28,000

As at 
30 June 
2020 
Number

28,000

28,000

37,893

37,893

–

17,500

35,000

42,134

–

17,500

27,500

42,134

Directors’ Interests In Share Awards 
The interests of the Executive Directors in awards under the Performance Share Plan described earlier in this report, are shown in 
the table below.

Matt Jones

Matt Jones

Matt Jones

Matt Jones

Total

Adam Moloney

Adam Moloney

Adam Moloney

Total

Awards 
outstanding at 
1 July 2020

Awards 
granted during 
the year

Awards 
exercised during 
the year

Awards 
lapsed during 
the year

Awards 
outstanding at 
30 June 2021

Date of 
grant

524,928

407,455

325,191

–

1,257,574

302,632

111,482

–

414,114

–

–

–

202,439

202,439

–

–

74,614

74.614

(262,464)

(262,464)

–

28/03/2018

–

–

–

–

–

–

407,455

05/11/2018

325,191

02/10/2019

202,439

11/11/2020

(262,464)

(262,464)

935,085

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

302,632

25/07/2018

111,482

02/10/2019

74,614

11/11/2020

488,728

No other Directors had any interest in awards under the Performance Share Plan.

Signed on behalf of the Remuneration Committee

Tom Skelton
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

27 September 2021

70

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   70

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   70

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:12

02/11/2021   18:04:12

GOVERNANCE

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in Respect of the 
Financial Statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 
Directors have prepared the Group financial statements 
in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, 
and the Company financial statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS101 
“Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law).

Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and 
of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing 
the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  state whether applicable international accounting 

standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 have been followed for the Group 
financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS101 have been followed for 
the Company financial statements, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the Group and Company, and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group’s and Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Group and Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

Directors’ Confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s and Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

On behalf of the Board

Adam Moloney
Chief Financial Officer 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

71

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   71

30634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   71

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7

02/11/2021   18:04:15

02/11/2021   18:04:15

30634  2 November 2021 6:13 pm  V5Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20217230634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   7230634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   7202/11/2021   18:14:4602/11/2021   18:14:4630634  2 November 2021 6:13 pm  V573www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021FINANCIALSFINANCIALSIndependent Auditors’ Report74Consolidated Income Statement80Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income81Consolidated Balance Sheet82Consolidated Statement of  Changes in Equity83Consolidated Cash Flow Statement84Notes to the Accounts85Company Balance Sheet111Company Statement of  Changes in Equity112Notes to the Company Accounts11330634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   7330634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   7302/11/2021   18:14:4602/11/2021   18:14:4630634  2 November 2021 6:13 pm  V5Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202174Independent Auditors’ Reportto the members of Blancco Technology Group PlcReport on the Audit of the Financial StatementsOpinionIn our opinion:• Blancco Technology Group plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the ˮfinancial statementsˮ) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2021 and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s cash flows for the year then ended;• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006;• the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS101 ˮReduced Disclosure Frameworkˮ, and applicable law); and• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the ˮAnnual Reportˮ), which comprise: the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets as at 30 June 2021; the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, and the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.Basis for opinionWe conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ˮISAs (UK)ˮ) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.IndependenceWe remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.Our audit approachContextAs part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. Overview   AuditscopeKey auditmattersMaterialityAudit scope• Audit procedures provide coverage of 100% of the Group’s revenues.• Audit scope includes performing procedures over 11 legal entities located in eight different countries. • Four financially significant components in UK, USA, Japan and Germany. Key audit matters• Revenue recognition (Group).• Capitalisation of development costs (Group).• Risk posed by COVID-19 (Group and Company).• Carrying value of intercompany receivables and investments (Company).Materiality• Overall Group materiality: £365,000 (2020: £334,000) based on 1% of revenues.• Overall Company materiality: £1,012,000 (2020: £1,047,000) based on 1% of total assets.• Performance materiality: £273,750 (Group) and £759,000 (Company).30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   7430634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   7402/11/2021   18:14:4602/11/2021   18:14:46FINANCIALS

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results 
of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Accounting for the acquisition of Blancco Technology Group Ireland and the carrying value of goodwill, which were key audit 
matters last year, are no longer included because the accounting for the acquisition of Blancco Technology Group Ireland was a 
one-off risk relevant to the year of acquisition and the risk in respect of the carrying value of goodwill has been reassessed from 
a significant risk to a normal risk for the year ended 30 June 2021 based on the excess of the market capitalisation of the Group 
over the carrying value of the Group’s assets. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

Revenue recognition (Group)

The timing of software-based revenue recognition may involve 
judgement. Because of the Group’s varied contracts and offerings, 
judgement is applied in assessing whether the conditions for 
recognising revenue under the Group’s accounting policies have 
been met and whether the revenue has been recognised in the 
correct period.

In addition, ISAs (UK) presume there is a risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition for every audit because of the pressure management 
may feel to achieve the forecast results. The accounting policy and 
revenue disclosures can be found in note 1.10 and note 3 to the 
financial statements respectively. 

Capitalisation of development costs (Group)
The Group spends a significant amount in developing new products 
and product functionality. As set out in note 14, during the current 
year, the Group has capitalised £4.1 million of internal development 
expenditure within intangible assets and had a net book value of  
£8.7 million of capitalised development expenditure at 30 June 2021. 
We focused on this area due to the value of the costs capitalised, 
and the fact that judgement is involved in assessing whether the 
criteria set out in IAS38 ˮIntangible Assetsˮ (ˮIAS38ˮ) required for 
capitalisation of such costs have been met, particularly: 

•  The appropriateness of and support for the costs 

capitalised; and 

•  The likelihood of the project delivering sufficient future  

economic benefits

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Group revenue was considered as a single population, so that 
revenue transactions from every revenue generating entity in the 
Group were included in the population from which we selected our 
sample for testing. We examined a sample of high-value licence 
contracts and also selected a haphazard sample of additional 
contracts, and assessed whether the revenue recognition 
methodology and the Group’s accounting policy were consistent 
with accounting standards and had been applied consistently. We 
inspected the contract terms and, where relevant, proof of delivery, 
together with cash receipt in order to assess whether the revenue 
had been recognised appropriately in accordance with the Group's 
policy and in the correct period. 

For a sample of revenue recognised from licences sold shortly 
before the year end, we checked that all performance obligations 
had been completed prior to the year end, such that recognition 
of licence revenue in accordance with IFRS15 in the period was 
appropriate. 

In response to the presumed risk of fraud, where revenue was 
adjusted through journal entries displaying unusual account 
combinations, we tested a sample of journals to establish whether 
they were indicative of fraud. 

The work performed shows no indication that revenue is materially 
misstated because of fraud or error.

We obtained a breakdown, by value, of all development expenditure 
capitalised in the period and reconciled this to the amounts recorded 
in the general ledger. Capitalised development expenditure principally 
comprises internal labour costs. To determine whether labour costs 
were correctly capitalised, we agreed a sample of capitalised internal 
labour costs to supporting payroll and time records. 

We obtained a schedule of projects that the development 
expenditure related to. We considered whether each project was 
being appropriately capitalised under the specific requirements 
of the relevant accounting standard (IAS38 ˮIntangible Assetsˮ). 
We inspected project documentation and held discussions with 
staff as necessary to confirm the projects were being accounted 
for appropriately, considering the evidence of technical feasibility, 
technical and financial resources available to complete the projects 
and of the Group's ability to sell the asset developed. 

No material exceptions were noted in our testing.

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

75

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   75

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   75

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:46

02/11/2021   18:14:46

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report CONTINUED
to the members of Blancco Technology Group Plc

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Risk posed by COVID-19 (Group and Company)
The Directors have considered the risks posed by COVID-19, as set 
out in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of the Annual 
Report, and have reflected the potential impact of COVID-19 when 
preparing the cash flow forecasts used to support the going concern 
assumption as explained in note 1.2 to the financial statements and 
the impairment assessment of goodwill detailed in note 13 to the 
financial statements. 

We read the relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and 
considered their consistency with our knowledge of the business 
based on our audit. In addition, we assessed the sensitivities applied, 
as part of the going concern assessment, by the Directors to the 
future cash flow forecasts to reflect a severe but plausible downside 
scenario taking into account the potential impact of COVID-19. We 
also considered whether the assumptions and cash flow forecasts 
used to test for impairment appropriately reflected the potential 
impact of COVID-19. No exceptions were noted from our testing.

Carrying value of intercompany receivables and 
investments (Company)
The Company holds material investments in and balances due 
from subsidiaries, as detailed in note 5 and note 6 to the Company 
financial statements respectively. The assessment of whether 
these balances are impaired involves significant judgement by the 
Directors. IFRS9 requires the Directors to determine an expected 
credit loss on the balances due from subsidiaries. 

This has been identified as a key audit matter due to the size of the 
balances and the estimation involved in determining the recoverable 
value.

For the balances due from subsidiaries, we reviewed the 
methodology used by the Directors in calculating the expected credit 
loss provision and compared the probability of default to external 
credit rating agency benchmarks. No exceptions were noted from 
this testing. 

For the investments in subsidiaries we considered the recoverable 
value of the investment by comparing to the market capitalisation of 
the Group at 30 June 2021, including the value of the balances due 
from subsidiaries. No exceptions were noted from our testing.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, 
and the industry in which they operate. The Group is structured as one core operating business focused on the development and 
sale of data erasure and device diagnostic services, comprised of 27 separate legal entities across 15 countries.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work to be performed at the legal entities 
by us, as the Group engagement team, or component auditors from other PwC network firms operating under our instruction. 
Where the work was performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit 
work at those legal entities to be able to conclude on whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis 
for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole.

Of the Group’s 27 legal entities, we identified four legal entities in the UK, USA, Japan and Germany as requiring an audit of their 
complete financial information based on their contribution to the Group’s revenue. To further increase the level of coverage over 
the Group’s income statement and balance sheet, we also performed an audit of the complete financial information for a further 
three legal entities covering the UK and Finland.

We identified a further four legal entities, in the USA, Ireland, Finland and India, where specified audit procedures were performed 
over certain financial statement line items to ensure sufficient coverage of those line items was obtained for the purposes of our 
Group audit opinion.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

76

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   76

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   76

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

 
 
FINANCIALS

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – Group

Financial statements – Company

Overall materiality

£365,000 (2020: £334,000)

£1,012,000 (2020: £1,047,000)

How we determined it

1% of revenues

1% of total assets

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Revenue is considered to be an appropriate 
benchmark as it is one of the Group’s KPIs and a 
primary measure used by shareholders in assessing 
the performance of the Group. We noted that 
using a profit-based benchmark would result in an 
inappropriately low benchmark, which would not be a 
useful basis for determining materiality.

We believe that total assets is the primary measure 
used by the shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the Company, and is a generally 
accepted benchmark. This has been capped at a level 
below that of the Group materiality for the purposes of 
the Group audit.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The 
range of materiality allocated across components was between £62,000 and £250,000.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope 
of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example 
in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £273,750 for the Group 
financial statements and £759,000 for the Company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment 
and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was 
appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£18,250 (Group audit) (2020: £16,700) and £18,250 (Company audit) (2020: £16,700), as well as misstatements below those 
amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

•  Discussions with management and the Directors regarding future plans for the Group and Company, including consideration 

of known future events such as the ongoing impact of COVID-19;

•  Considering the Group’s compliance with the terms of the revolving credit facility; 

•  Comparing the trading results of the Group and Company subsequent to the year end to the forecasts for that period, as well 

as assessing historical forecasting accuracy with respect to prior years;

•  Assessing the Directors’ future forecasts, including reconciling them to the latest Board approved budgets, testing the 

accuracy of the underlying forecast, assessing the basis for the underlying assumptions and performing sensitivity analysis 
on the key assumptions; and

•  Assessing the severe but plausible downside scenario forecast prepared by the Directors to consider whether sufficient 
resources are available at Group and Company level in the event that the severe but plausible scenario were to occur.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least 12 months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and 
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

77

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   77

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   77

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

 
Independent Auditors’ Report CONTINUED
to the members of Blancco Technology Group Plc

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ 
report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, 
we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements 
or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these 
responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and 
matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 June 2021 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations related to income tax regulations in the different jurisdictions in which the Group operates, AIM Rules and the 
Companies Act 2006, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial 
statements. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements 
(including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to the posting of inappropriate 
journal entries to manipulate reported results and management bias in accounting estimates. The Group engagement team 
shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to 
such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement team and/or component auditors included:

•  Discussions with management and the Directors regarding actual and potential litigations and claims, including known or 

suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;

•  Reading relevant meeting minutes, including those of the Board of Directors and Audit Committee;

78

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   78

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   78

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

FINANCIALS

•  Evaluating the Group and Company controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities; 

• 

Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular certain journal entries posted with unusual account combinations and 
those posted by unexpected users;

•  Designing audit procedures to incorporate unpredictability around nature, timing and extent of our testing; and

•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management and the Directors in their significant accounting estimates 

that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. 
Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing 
techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. 
We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit 
sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other Required Reporting
Companies Act 2006  
exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• 

the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Simon Ormiston  
(Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Cambridge

28 September 2021

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

79

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   79

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   79

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

Consolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation 

Operating profit/(loss)

Acquisition costs 

Exceptional income

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Share-based payments charge

Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

Taxation

Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Post tax profit from discontinued operations

Profit for the year 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Profit for the year 

Earnings per share 
Continuing operations:
Basic

Diluted

Discontinued operations:

Basic

Diluted

Total Group:

Basic 

Diluted

Year ended
30 June 
2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 
2020
£’000

36,506

33,382

Note

3

(2,807)

33,699

(31,925)

1,774

–

(837)

2,859
1,490

(28,413)

5,286

121

(420)

1,475

(95)

1,380

331

1,711

1,697

14

1,711

1.84 p

1.78 p

0.45 p

0.43 p

2.29 p

2.21 p

(1,761)

31,621

(31,652)

(31)

575

(875)

2,921
1,447

(27,584)

4,037

3

(151)

(179)

169

(10)

1,126

1,116

 1,153

(37)

1,116

0.04 p

0.04 p

1.56 p

1.50 p

1.60 p

 1.54 p

5

5

29

9

9

10

7

6

17

11

11

11

11

11

11

80

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   80

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   80

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 June 2021

FINANCIALS

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income – amounts that may be reclassified to profit or 
loss in the future:

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign entities

Total comprehensive (loss)/profit for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive (loss)/profit for the year

Year ended
30 June 
2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 
2020
£’000

1,711

1,116

(5,862)

(4,151)

1,330

2,446

(4,049)

(102)

(4,151)

 2,491

(45)

2,446

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

81

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   81

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   81

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
as at 30 June 2021

Assets

Non-current assets

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Current tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Contingent consideration

Current tax liability

Provisions

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Merger reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

Non-controlling interest reserve

Total equity

30 June 
2021
£’000

30 June
2020
£’000

Note

13

14

15

27

18

19

20

21

26

25

21

27

25

28

28

28

28

28

17

48,199

19,369

2,249

119

69,936

110

6,204

469

10,071

16,854

86,790

51,881

22,798

1,765

433

76,877

102

7,254

603

6,719

14,678

91,555

(7,767)

(8,813)

–

(336)

–

(288)

(269)

(227)

(8,103)

(9,597)

(1,131)

(2,655)

–

(3,786)

(11,889)

74,901

1,512

21,103

5,861

417

190

45,255

74,338

563

74,901

(987)

(3,516)

(105)

(4,608)

(14,205)

77,350

1,507

21,103

5,861

417

5,936

41,861

76,685

665

77,350

The financial statements on pages 80 to 110 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on  
27 September 2021.

These were signed on its behalf by: 

Adam Moloney
Chief Financial Officer 
Company number: 05113820

82

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   82

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   82

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2021

FINANCIALS

Translation 
reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Non-
controlling 
interest 
reserve
£’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

Total
£’000

4,598

40,248

1,206

417

62,204

–

1,153

(37)

Called 
up share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

Balance as at 30 June 2019

1,304

10,397

Merger 
reserve
£’000

4,034

-

–

–

-

–

–

-

–

–

Comprehensive income:

Profit/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive  
income/(expense):
Exchange differences arising on 
translation of foreign entities

Total comprehensive profit
Transactions with owners 
recorded directly in equity:

Issue of shares
Acquisition of non-controlling 
interest without a change in control
Reserves transfer on acquisition of 
non-controlling interest

Share-based payment charge

1,338

1,338

–

1,153

203

10,706

1,827

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,370)

496

1,334

(8)

(45)

–

–

(496)

–

665

Balance as at 30 June 2020

1,507

21,103

5,861

5,936

41,861

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense
Exchange differences arising on 
translation of foreign entities

Total comprehensive loss
Transactions with owners 
recorded directly in equity:

Issue of shares
Share-based payment charge 
inclusive of deferred tax

–

–

–

5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,697

14

(5,746)

(5,746)

-

1,697

(116)

(102)

–

–

(5)

1,702

45,255

–

–

Balance as at 30 June 2021

1,512

21,103

5,861

190

563

417

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

417

–

–

–

–

–

1,116

1,330

2,446

12,736

(1,370)

–

1,334

77,350

1,711

(5,862)

(4,151)

–

1,702

74,901

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

83

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   83

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   83

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:47

02/11/2021   18:14:47

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Profit for the year
Adjustments for:
Profit from discontinued operations
Net finance costs
Taxation
Loss on disposal of intangible assets
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Share-based payments expense
Operating cash flow before movement in working capital
Acquisition costs
Exceptional income
Adjusted EBITDA
Increase in inventories
Decrease in receivables
Decrease in payables and accruals 
Cash generated from continuing operations
Acquisition costs payments
Share-based payments
Adjusted operating cash flow
Interest received
Interest paid
Other finance costs paid
Tax received/(paid)
Net cash generated from operating activities – continuing operations
Net cash used in operating activities – discontinued operations 
Net cash generated from operating activities – continuing and discontinued operations

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase and development of intangible assets
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
Net cash used in investing activities – continuing operations
Net cash used in investing activities – continuing and discontinued operations

Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of the principal portion of lease liabilities
Payment made to acquire non-controlling interest
Share issue, net of fees
Repayment of borrowings
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities – continuing operations
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities – continuing and discontinued operations
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Other non-cash movements – exchange rate changes
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Net cash

Year ended
30 June 
2021
£’000
1,711

Year ended 
30 June 
2020
£’000
1,116

(331)
299
95
66
(6)
1,129
3,753
2,859
1,490
11,065
–
(837)
10,228
(19)
588
(1,249)
10,385
252
155
10,792
54
(113)
(242)
228
10,312
–
10,312

(235)
(4,876)
(319)
(5,430)
(5,430)

(927)
–
–
–
(927)
(927)
3,955
(603)
6,719
10,071
10,071

(1,126)
148
(169)
–
(1)
1,100
2,991
2,921
1,447
8,427
575
(875)
8,127
(8)
417
(2,373)
6,463
830
–
7,293
3
(146)
–
(613)
5,707
(15)
5,692

(401)
(4,722)
(2,721)
(7,844)
(7,844)

(820)
(28)
9,577
(6,500)
2,229
2,229
77
6
6,636
6,719
6,719

 Note

7
9
10
6
6
6
6
6
29

7

12

24

24

 20
20
23, 24

84

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   84

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   84

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIALS

•  A number of narrow-scope amendments to IFRS 3, IAS 16, 
IAS 37 and some annual improvements on IFRS 1, IFRS 9, 
IAS 41 and IFRS 16*

•  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements’ 

on classification of liabilities*

•  Narrow-scope amendments to IAS 1, Practice statement 2 

and IAS 8*

•  Amendment to IAS 12 ‘Deferred Tax Relating to Assets and 

Liabilities Arising from a Single Transaction’*

* Standards and interpretations not yet endorsed.

None of these amendments are expected to have a 
significant impact to the Group; however, the Group will 
continue to consider these and any additional amendments, 
interpretations and new standards to identify potential future 
impact. 

1.4 Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements aggregate the results, 
cash flow and balance sheets of Blancco Technology Group 
plc (the “Companyˮ) and its subsidiary undertakings (together 
the ˮGroupˮ) drawn up to 30 June each year. A list of the 
Company’s subsidiary undertakings including details of 
statutory year-ends that differ from the Group is given in note 
17. The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired during 
a financial year are included from the date of acquisition. 
The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies and to 
coterminous balance sheet dates. 

Subsidiaries comprise the entities controlled by the Group. 
Control exists when the Group has power over an entity, is 
exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement 
with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power over the entity. The financial statements 
of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date that commences.

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised 
income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements. On acquisition of a subsidiary, applicable assets 
and liabilities existing at the date of acquisition are reflected at 
their fair values.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated 
subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s 
equity therein. Non-controlling interests consist of the 
amount of those interests at the date of the original business 
combination and the share of the changes in equity since 
the date of the combination. Acquisition of non-controlling 
interests’ equity stakes in the Group’s subsidiaries are 
recorded directly through reserves, with a transfer of the non-
controlling interests’ share of net assets directly to retained 
earnings on the date of acquisition.

Notes to the Accounts
for the year ended 30 June 2021

1. General Information
Blancco Technology Group plc is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under 
the Companies Act 2006. Details of its registered office are 
included on page 53, and the nature of the Group’s operations 
and principal activities are set out in the Strategic Report 
from page 05. These financial statements are presented 
in thousands of pounds Sterling, which is the functional 
currency of the Company. Foreign operations are included in 
accordance with the policies set out in note 1.5.

1.1 Basis of Preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Blancco Technology 
Group plc have been prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 (“IFRS”) and the applicable legal 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The financial 
statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, 
except for certain financial assets and liabilities, which are 
measured at fair value. The principal accounting policies 
adopted are set out below and have been consistently applied 
to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

1.2 Going Concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital through its 
cash reserves and also has access to a revolving credit facility, 
entered into in January 2021, which expires in January 2024 
and which at the year end was not drawn upon.

Further information on the Group’s business activities, 
together with the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position is set out in the Strategic Report 
from page 05, which does not form part of the financial 
statements. Further information on the financial position of 
the Group, its cash flow, liquidity position and borrowing facility 
is also described in the Strategic Report. In addition, note 26 
to the financial statements includes the Group’s objectives, 
policies and processes for managing its capital, and its 
exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.

After making enquiries, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for a period of 
at least 12 months from the date of these financial statements. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.

1.3 Changes in Accounting Policies
There are no changes to existing standards and 
interpretations that are relevant to the Group for year ended 
30 June 2021. 

At the date of approval of these financial statements, the 
following standards and interpretations, which have not been 
applied in these financial statements, were in issue but not yet 
effective:

• 

IFRS 17 ‘Insurance contracts’*

•  Amendment to IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ – COVID-19-related rent 

concessions Extension of the practical expedient*

•  Amendments to IFRS 17 and IFRS 4 ‘Insurance contracts’, 

deferral of IFRS 9, as amended in June 2020

•  Amendments to IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 ‘Interest Rate 

Benchmark Reform’

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

85

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   85

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   85

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

1.5 Foreign Currencies
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
into Sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities 
are translated into Sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the 
balance sheet date. The income statements and cash flow 
of overseas subsidiaries are translated into Sterling at the 
weighted average exchange rates applicable during the year 
and their assets and liabilities are translated at the rates ruling 
at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on the 
retranslation of opening net assets of overseas subsidiaries, 
together with differences between income statement 
accounts at average and closing rates, are included within 
other comprehensive income. All other exchange differences 
are accounted for within the income statement.

1.6 Goodwill and Intangible Assets 
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of 
the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair 
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of a business at 
the date of the acquisition. Goodwill is initially recognised as 
an asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less 
any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised 
immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently 
reversed.

Goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed for 
impairment annually, or, whenever there is an indication that 
they may be impaired, by comparing the carrying value of the 
asset, or group of assets, to its recoverable amount. Assets 
that do not generate cash inflows independent of other 
assets, are aggregated into cash-generating units (CGUs) 
and the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset 
belongs is estimated. The recoverable amount of an asset or 
CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value 
in use.

The value in use is estimated by calculating the present value 
of its future cash flow. Impairment charges are recognised in 
the income statement to the extent that the carrying value 
exceeds the recoverable amount in the period in which the 
impairment is identified.

Separately Identifiable Intangible Assets Arising on Business 
Combinations
Other intangible assets, such as customer relationships, 
brand names and other intellectual property, are recognised 
on business combinations if they are separable or arise from 
a legal or contractual right. Separately identifiable intangible 
assets are amortised over their expected future lives unless 
they are regarded as having indefinite useful lives, in which 
case they are not amortised, but subject to an annual 
impairment test. 

•  Customer relationships are being amortised on a straight-

line basis over 1 to 12 years.

•  Brand names are being amortised on a straight-line basis 

over 1 to 14 years.

• 

Intellectual property is being amortised on a straight-line 
basis over 8 to 10 years. 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles is excluded from adjusted 
operating profit in the consolidated income statement.

86

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

Development Expenditure
Expenditure on research and certain development activities 
that do not meet the criteria for capitalisation is recognised 
as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. Any 
internally generated development costs (including software 
development) are recognised as an asset only if the following 
criteria are met:

•  There is technical feasibility to complete the asset to be 
available for sale and that there are adequate resources 
available to complete development;

•  There is an intention to complete the asset;

•  The asset can be reasonably expected to generate future 

economic benefit; 

•  The costs can be reliably measured; and

•  There is an ability to use or sell the product.

Amortisation of internally generated development expenditure 
is included within adjusted operating profit in the consolidated 
income statement.

Where no internally generated intangible asset can be 
recognised, the development expenditure is recognised as an 
expense in the period in which it is incurred. 

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over four years once the asset is available 
for use.

Asset in the Course of Construction
Intangible assets that are in the process of development and 
not yet ready for market are disclosed within assets in the 
course of construction. Amortisation does not commence 
on these assets until they are ready for market, subject to 
reviewing for impairment.

Assets in the course of construction are subject to the same 
recognition criteria as noted above for intangible assets, and 
are comprised of amounts incurred up to the balance sheet 
date.

Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets, such as purchased software, are 
initially measured at cost. Cost includes the purchase price 
of the assets and the directly attributable cost of bringing 
the asset into its intended use. After initial recognition, 
the intangible asset is carried at cost, less accumulated 
amortisation, less any accumulated impairment losses. 
Amortisation is charged evenly over the assets’ estimated 
useful lives, which are between three and five years. The 
amortisation is presented in the income statement within 
administrative expenses. 

Contingent Payments for Intangible Assets
Contingent payments for intangible assets represent 
future payments to be made for which the value currently is 
uncertain, and dependent on future sales performance. Any 
future contingent payments will be capitalised when they 
are incurred and the capitalised amount will be subsequently 
amortised in future periods. 

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   86

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   86

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

FINANCIALS

1.7 Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
losses. Subsequent costs are capitalised only when it is 
probable that they will result in future economic benefits 
flowing to the Group and when they can be measured reliably. 
Depreciation begins when the asset is available for use and is 
charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis so 
as to write off the cost less residual value of the asset over its 
estimated useful life as follows:

1.10 Revenue Recognition 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable and is net of value added tax and other 
duties. Revenue is recognised when the delivery of goods or 
services has taken place in accordance with the terms of the 
sale, there is certainty on the value, recoverability is reasonably 
assured and control has transferred to the customer. Delivery 
is deemed to have taken place when the customer has full 
access to use the product and there is no further supply 
obligation for Blancco.

Leasehold improvements  – 

 over the period of the 
lease or life of the 
improvements if less

Revenue on software sales is recognised according to the 
terms of individual contracts, which fall into two types: either a 
volume or subscription basis. 

Computer equipment 

–  25–33% per annum

Fixtures and fittings  

–  16–50% per annum

The useful economic lives are reviewed on an annual basis to 
ensure that they are appropriate.

Gains and losses arising on the disposal of an asset are 
determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and 
the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the 
income statement.

1.8 Inventories 
Inventories and work in progress are stated at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories is 
based on the first-in first-out principle and includes all direct 
expenditure and an appropriate proportion of attributable 
overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories 
and work in progress to their present location and condition. 
Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less 
all estimated costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and 
distribution. The amount of any write-down of inventories to 
net realisable value is recognised as an expense in the year in 
which the write-down occurs.

1.9 Accruals and Provisions
A provision is recognised when there is a present obligation, 
whether legal or constructive, as a result of a past event for 
which it is probable that a transfer of economic benefits will 
be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can 
be made of the amount of the obligation. Liability classified 
provisions in respect of contingent consideration for 
acquisitions are made at fair value of the likely consideration 
payable taking account of the performance criteria, which 
affect the level of contingent consideration.

Provisions are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flow at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific 
to the liability. The unwinding of the discount rate is recognised 
as a finance cost.

•  Volume contracts. Where Blancco products are sold on 
a volume basis a finite number of ˮusesˮ are delivered. 
Revenue is recognised on delivery as this is the point at 
which control is transferred to the customer and there are 
no continuing obligations to the Group.

•  Subscription contracts. Revenue is recognised at 

specific points throughout the contract term at which 
point delivery has or (in the case of ongoing performance 
obligations) is expected to take place. In the majority 
of cases, delivery takes place concurrently with the 
invoice being issued, at the outset of a contract (or is part 
delivered if the customer is invoiced periodically), and 
accordingly licence revenue closely aligns to the point the 
invoice is booked with no revenue deferral. In cases where 
deliveries are expected to be made periodically throughout 
the contract term, sufficient revenue will be deferred to 
reflect management’s best estimate of licences still to be 
delivered. In cases where a customer has been delivered 
licences in advance of an invoice being issued, a contract 
asset is recognised.

The majority of revenue is recognised at a point in time, when 
delivery takes, or is expected to take, place. A small number 
of subscription contracts are recognised over time where the 
service or licence provision is provided at a set level over a 
determined period. Revenue is recognised on a pro-rata basis, 
which generally aligns to straight-line recognition over the 
course of the contract. 

Revenue billed in advance is deferred within contract liabilities. 
Revenue billed in arrears is recognised in contract assets and 
discounted to net present value where this impact is material. 

Discounting is required where a financing component 
exists on contracts. Our standard payment terms are 30 
days and contracts are not entered into with significant 
financing components. On long-term contracts, delivery is 
generally aligned with invoicing (either up front or periodically 
throughout the term) such that the timing difference between 
revenue recognition and cash collection is representative of 
our normal payment terms. The average days outstanding on 
debtors is disclosed in note 26.

The key judgement involved in assessing the criteria 
for revenue recognition is the identification of separate 
performance elements and their respective fair values, 
including assessing the underlying economics of the 
transaction versus what is contractually agreed. 

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

87

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   87

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   87

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Bundled sales or multiple-element arrangements require 
the Group to deliver hardware and/or a number of services 
under one agreement, or a series of agreements that are 
commercially linked. Under such agreements, an assessment 
is made over the ability to identify and account for each of 
the components separately, thereby identifying the different 
performance obligations. In order for these components to 
be identified, it is determined whether the component has 
standalone value to the customer and whether the fair value 
of the component can be measured reliably. If these criteria 
are deemed to be met, the components are accounted for 
separately. While all contracts are assessed on a case-by-
case basis, for the majority of Blancco’s sales, all components 
are measured separately except for:

•  Cases where two or more components are inherently 

linked. This can arise on contracts where licences are sold 
with bespoke hardware or development and integration 
work, on the basis that either component relies on the 
other in order to function as a complete product; and 

•  Product upgrades that are linked to the licence element 
of contracts on the basis that these are unspecified, not 
required in order to maintain functionality of the product 
and that product upgrades to existing customers are only a 
by-product of the Group’s product development activity.

Where these agreements are accounted for separately, the 
consideration received is allocated to each of the identifiable 
components based on the relative fair values. Fair values are 
determined on a hierarchical basis as follows:

•  Evidence where the Group sells on a standalone basis.

•  Evidence where the same or similar components are being 

sold by another third party.

•  Cost of providing the service.

Blancco contracts a part of its revenue acting as an agent or 
reseller for third-party licences, which are sometimes sold 
in isolation or as a bundle with other Blancco products. This 
revenue is measured at fair value and recognised gross with a 
corresponding cost of sale on the basis that Blancco:

•  Takes full title and ownership of the products prior to 

onward sale.

• 

Is exposed to variable returns of the sales of the product.

•  Processes and decides on the best route to market for the 

equipment.

•  Has full discretion in identifying customers for onward 

sale of products and establishes the selling price to these 
customers.

The revenue is recorded at the point that Blancco’s obligation 
to deliver the third-party software has been satisfied.

1.11 Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently 
payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on the taxable profit for 
the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in 
the income statement because it excludes items of income 
or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and 
it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 
The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable 
on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding 
tax bases used in the computation of the taxable profit and 
is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. 
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be 
available against which deductible temporary differences can 
be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if 
the temporary differences arise from the goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of 
other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither 
the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, and interest in joint ventures, except where 
the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The carrying amount of the deferred tax asset is reviewed at 
each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available 
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates expected to apply in 
the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly 
to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in 
equity.

88

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   88

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   88

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

FINANCIALS

1.12 Employee Benefits
Pensions
The Group offers defined contribution pension arrangements 
to certain employees. Payments to defined contribution 
pension schemes are expensed as incurred.

Share-based Payments
Performance Share Plan
The terms of the scheme in operation is detailed in note 29 
to the accounts. The scheme is treated as an equity-settled 
scheme since the exercise can be settled in cash or shares at 
the Company’s discretion, and the Company has historically 
settled such schemes in shares.

The fair values of the options granted under the equity-settled 
scheme are recognised as an employee expense with a 
corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured 
at grant date and spread over the period during which the 
employees become entitled to the options. The fair value 
of the awards granted is measured using the average share 
price on the day preceding the grant date and the number 
of shares the employee is awarded. The fair value of the 
awards is reassessed at each reporting date based on the 
likelihood of achieving the vesting criteria and the likely level of 
attainment of the vesting criteria. Any corresponding change 
in the fair value is recorded as an expense or credit in the 
income statement with a corresponding increase or decrease 
in equity.

Sharesave Scheme
The terms of the new sharesave scheme are detailed in note 
29 to the accounts. The scheme is treated as an equity settled 
scheme since the exercise is settled in shares.

The fair value of the options granted under this scheme are 
recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in 
equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread 
over the vesting period in which the employees become 
entitled to the options. The fair value of the share options is 
measured using the Black–Scholes pricing model and using 
the option price determined prior to the commencement of 
the scheme. The fair value of the options is reassessed at 
each reporting based on the estimated forfeiture rate. Any 
corresponding change in the fair value would be recorded 
as an expense or a credit to the income statement with a 
corresponding increase or decrease in equity. 

1.13 Own Shares Held by EBT
Transactions of the Company-sponsored EBT are treated as 
being those of the Company and are therefore consolidated 
in the Company and Group financial statements. In particular, 
the trust’s transactions of shares in the Company are recorded 
directly to equity.

1.14 Leases
The Group leases property and certain office equipment. 
Leases are recognised in accordance with IFRS16, with 
those meeting the criteria being capitalised as right-of-use 
assets and a corresponding liability recognised, representing 
the discounted future payments over the duration of the 
agreement. 

Right-of-Use Assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the inception 
of the lease (the underlying date the lease is available for 
use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost that equals 
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability, less 
any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and 
adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. Right-of-
use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over a term 
that takes into account the length of the lease term, any break 
clauses and a reasonable expectation of the length of time it 
is intended to occupy the lease. In all cases, the depreciation 
period for any given asset aligns to the terms used to calculate 
the present value of lease payments. 

Lease Liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group 
recognises lease liabilities representing the discounted future 
fixed payments over the expected term of the lease  
(as noted above), measured at present value. In calculating 
the present value of lease payments, the Group uses discount 
rates based on estimated costs of borrowing to purchase an 
equivalent asset in each jurisdiction, where the interest rate 
is not explicitly stated in the lease agreement. Following the 
inception of the lease, the liability is increased to reflect the 
accretion of interest and reduced for lease payments made. 

The Group applies the lease of low-values recognition 
exemption to leases of certain property and office equipment 
that are considered low value (less than £3,850). Lease 
payments on low-value leases are recognised as an expense 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

1.15 Financial Instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the 
Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to 
the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Equity Instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Group are initially recorded at 
the value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Contingent Consideration Payable
Contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value, 
subject to discounting for the time value of money. Changes in 
fair value are recognised in the income statement.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

89

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   89

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   89

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Non-derivative Financial Instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments include cash and cash 
equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other 
payables and borrowings.

•  Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and 
short-term deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable 
on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash 
management are included as a component of cash and 
cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated 
cash flow statement.

1.16 Government Grants
Government grants are recognised where there is reasonable 
assurance that the grant will be received. Grants that 
compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised 
in the income statement in the relevant financial statement 
caption on a systematic basis in the periods in which the 
expenses are recognised. Grants that compensate the Group 
for activity that otherwise meets the criteria for capitalisation 
as development expenditure, are offset against that spend and 
the underlying spend is not capitalised or depreciated.

•  Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair 

value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured 
at amortised cost.

Government grant income that is not received in cash at the 
year end is recognised as an asset within trade and other 
receivables.

•  Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair 

value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured 
at amortised cost.

•  Bank borrowings are recognised initially at fair value net of 
directly attributable transaction costs incurred. Borrowings 
are subsequently stated at amortised cost. Any difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and 
redemption value is recognised in the income statement 
over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest method. 

The Group measures the provision for trade and other 
receivables with reference to expected lifetime credit losses, 
and by taking advantage of the simplified model for calculating 
this which is available for trade receivables. This requires a loss 
allowance to be recognised based on lifetime expected credit 
losses at each balance sheet date. 

Blancco has adopted a ‘provision matrix’ approach, which 
uses historical credit loss experience, as well as factoring in 
the current market conditions, to set a level of provisioning 
for debts that are segregated by their key features such as 
location and ageing.

Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments include contracts the Group 
has taken out that relate to the value of another underlying 
asset. The Group takes out forward contracts to convert 
foreign currencies, generally in cases arising where excess 
foreign currency has been generated and is to be converted 
back to Sterling, or where there is high certainty on timing of 
cash flows associated with a large non-Sterling receivable.

Derivatives are accounted in accordance with IFRS9 and are 
measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative 
financial instruments after initial recognition are recorded in 
the income statement.

1.17 Adjusted Operating Profit/Adjusted Operating Cash 
Flow
Adjusted operating profit is the key profit measure used by the 
Board to assess the underlying financial performance of the 
Group as a whole. Adjusted operating profit is stated before 
the following items for the following reasons:

•  Acquisition costs, because these are irregular in nature.

•  Exceptional income, because this is irregular and are not 
considered to reflect the underlying performance of the 
Group’s operating businesses.

•  Share-based payment charges, because these represent 
a non-cash accounting charge for long-term incentives to 
senior management rather than the underlying operations 
of the Group’s business.

•  Amortisation or impairment of acquired intangible assets 
because these are non-cash charges arising as a result of 
the application of acquisition accounting, rather than core 
operations.

Adjusted operating profit includes the release of provisions 
originally recorded from legacy M&A to the extent that these 
relate to operational business matters. To the extent these 
relate to exceptional or taxation related matters, they are 
recorded in the relevant income statement caption.

Adjusted EBITDA is adjusted operating profit with depreciation 
and amortisation added back.

Adjusted operating cash flow is a key internal measure used by 
the Board to evaluate the cash flow of the Group. It is defined 
as operating cash excluding taxation, interest payments 
and receipts, acquisition cost payments and exceptional 
restructuring cost payments. 

1.18 Adjusted Earnings Per Share
An adjusted measure of earnings per share has also been 
presented. Adjusted earnings are stated before amortisation 
or impairment of acquired intangible assets, amortisation 
of bank fees, exceptional income and costs, acquisition 
costs, share-based payments, unwinding of the discounted 
contingent consideration, adjustments to estimates of 
contingent consideration and the tax impacts of the above 
items.

90

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   90

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   90

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

2. Critical Judgements and  
Estimations in Applying the Group’s 
Accounting Policies
2.1 Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
management makes various judgements that can significantly 
affect the amounts recognised in the financial statements. 

The critical judgements in the preparation of the financial 
statements, are considered to be the following:

•  Revenue recognition requires judgement over what 

constitutes a separable performance obligation, which 
can be complex in customer contracts where a number 
of services are being provided to the customer alongside 
licences. This judgement largely requires consideration of 
whether the performance obligations are standalone, and 
therefore should be recognised separately, or inherently 
linked, and therefore recognised together. There is further 
judgement on product delivery (1) over whether a contract 
is fulfilled at the point the licence is delivered or whether 
the Group retains an ongoing obligation to redeliver 
licences for product updates or enhancements; and (2) 
whether holding a stock of licences in a customer account 
on a shared cloud platform demonstrates that sufficient 
control has passed to the customer in order to recognise 
revenue. Management uses specific contractual terms 
in making this judgement over how much revenue to 
recognise.

•  Underlying assumptions used in assessing uncertain tax 
positions and the assessment of the recoverability of any 
related deferred tax assets, based on the likelihood of 
future profitability against which to offset each deferred 
tax asset. Uncertain tax positions are estimated based 
on management’s best estimate of the circumstances 
surrounding them. Judgement is required with respect to 
situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to 
interpretation and management considers whether it is 
probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain 
tax treatment. Judgement is required in assessing whether 
certain subsidiaries will generate taxable profits in the 
future against which to offset deferred tax assets and uses 
historic performance and committed contractual revenues 
in making this assessment.

•  Judgements in determining whether development 
expenditure meets the criteria for capitalisation, 
specifically on the activities of staff to ascertain whether all 
criteria to recognise capitalisation are met, which is done 
by reviewing the nature of work being undertaken by the 
development team. 

2.2 Estimations 
Additionally, management are also required to make 
judgements over certain balances that are uncertain and 
therefore require a degree of estimation as to the amounts 
included in the financial statements.

FINANCIALS

The material areas of estimation uncertainty, while not critical 
estimates as defined by IAS 1, are considered to be the 
following:

•  Goodwill and other intangible assets arising from 

business combinations

Allocating value to goodwill and other intangibles arising 
on business combinations requires estimation principally 
around assessing the value of future cash flows for 
the acquired intangibles and the discount rate used in 
assessing the current value of those cash flows. The 
assessment carries a high degree of estimation as it is 
based on future events that are inherently uncertain.

  Determining whether goodwill or other intangible assets 
are impaired requires an estimation of the value in use 
of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill or 
other intangible assets are allocated. The value-in-use 
calculation includes estimates about future financial 
performance and long-term growth rates and requires 
management to select a suitable discount rate in order to 
calculate the present value of those cash flows. The key 
assumptions used in the impairment review are disclosed 
in note 13 to the financial statements.

•  Tax

The Group may recognise deferred tax assets in respect 
of unutilised losses and other temporary differences 
arising in certain of the Group’s businesses (see note 
27). This requires management to make decisions on the 
recoverability of such deferred tax assets based on future 
forecasts of taxable profits. If these forecast profits do 
not materialise, or there are changes in the tax rates or to 
the period over which the losses or temporary difference 
might be recognised, the value of the deferred tax asset 
will need to be revised in a future period.

In addition, the Group has various uncertain tax provisions 
where the tax accounts or returns in each jurisdiction 
are not filed at the date of the filing of the Financial 
Statements. Additionally, there may be tax judgements that 
have not yet been made by local authorities, which have 
an impact on tax liabilities in historic periods. Management 
must therefore estimate the exposure on corporate tax 
liabilities based on the likelihood of potential tax liabilities 
crystallising.

•  Useful economic life of intangible assets

In setting the amortisation rates for the Group’s intangible 
assets, management have to make an estimate of the 
time periods over which value will accrue on that particular 
asset. This can particularly fluctuate on capitalised 
development expenditure based on the timing and level 
of product releases. Changes in the actual usage of each 
asset would impact on the amortisation charge in each 
period of account.

•  Provisions

The Group carried a number of provisions (see note 25) 
against potential future liabilities for which the settlement 
value was uncertain. Management estimated the most 
likely outcome based on the range of potential outcomes 
and recorded a provision estimate accordingly. 

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

91

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   91

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   91

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:48

02/11/2021   18:14:48

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

3. Segmental Reporting
As outlined in the Group Financial Review, the Group’s continuing operations consist of one segment. The segment consists 
of several key markets, comprising Enterprise/Data Centre, Mobile and ITAD; however, these are not separately considered 
segments in accordance with IFRS8 ‘Operating Segments’, since they do not form part of management information provided to 
key decision makers and are measured only at revenue level. 

Discontinued Operations
The post-tax results from discontinued operations in the year was a profit of £0.3 million (2020: £1.1 million). This arose from the 
final release of provisions that were created upon the disposal of the Repair Services business in the year ended 30 June 2016 
(2020: £0.8 million), and in the prior year also included the release of provisions of £0.4 million no longer required in respect of a 
number of VAT liabilities arising from a VAT investigation.

Continuing Operations
Geographical Information
The following geographical information is based on the location of the business units of the Group:

Revenue from external customers

UK

USA

Asia Pacific

Europe

Rest of World

2021 
£'000

3,396

10,261

11,895

10,009

945

36,506

2020
£'000

3,304

9,367

10,768

9,228

715

33,382

No customer represented more than 10% of the Group’s revenue (2020: none).

The Group derived revenue from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time on the following basis: 

Timing of revenue recognition

At a point in time

Over time

2021 
£'000

36,158

348

36,506

The Group generated revenue from the supply of goods and the rendering of services on the following basis:

Revenue

Rendering of services

Supply of goods

2021 
£'000

35,535

971

36,506

2020
£'000

31,609

1,773

33,382

2020
£'000

32,600

782

33,382

Unsatisfied long-term contracts
As at 30 June 2021, the Group had contracted but unsatisfied performance obligations amounting to £12.3 million  
(2020: £10.2 million) of which £8.8 million (2020: £6.6 million) is expected to be recognised as revenue in the next reporting 
period. 

Assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers
The Group has recognised the following assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers:

Current contract assets relating to performance obligations satisfied

Contract liabilities

2021 
£'000

184

863

2020
£'000

314

1,426

Contract assets arise predominantly where the Group expects to deliver no further product but the customer has not yet been 
fully billed. No loss allowance is recognised as the Group expects to collect all revenue on these contracts in full, based on the 
observed loss allowance historically for similar customers. 

Contract liabilities have reduced predominantly due to one long-term contract signed in 2019 for which the delivery obligation 
was spread over the three-year contract period. 

Of the total contract liability of £1.4 million (2020: £1.9 million) at the beginning of the period, £1.0 million has been recognised 
(2020: £0.9 million) in the year.

92

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   92

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   92

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:49

02/11/2021   18:14:49

 
 
 
FINANCIALS

In the current year, there is no (2020: no) revenue recognised from performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.

Non-current assets

UK

Non-UK

4. Auditors’ Remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company and consolidated 
financial statements
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Total audit fees

2021 
£'000

174

69,762

69,936

2021 
£'000

122
153
275

2020
£'000

444

76,433

76,877

2020
£'000

121
137
258

There have been no non-audit fees in the current or prior year as PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not been engaged to provide 
any non-audit services. 

The Board considers the level of fees paid to the auditor and in particular the level of non-audit fees on a regular basis and has 
concluded appropriate safeguards were in place to ensure the independence of the auditor. 

5. Exceptional and Acquisition (Income)/Costs 

Provision releases

COVID-19 support income

Acquisition and deal costs

2021 
£'000

(478)

(359)

–

(837)

2020
£'000

(875)

–

575

(300)

Exceptional income arises from the release of provisions recognised on historic acquisitions that the business deemed to no 
longer to be required. These cover items that are exceptional in nature and do not relate to the underlying operating expenses of 
the acquired business and accordingly the releases are recorded through exceptional income. 

A gain of £0.4 million arose from the forgiveness of US Payment Protection Program loans granted at the start of the COVID-19 
pandemic. 

Acquisition costs in the prior year relate to the acquisition of YouGetItBack Limited (now Blancco Technology Group Ireland 
Limited) that was completed in July 2019, and the buyouts of minority interest stakes in Japan and Singapore in December 2019.

6. Profit for the Year 
Profit for the year for the Group has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – owned

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – right-of-use asset

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets 

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense

Research and development expense

Staff costs recognised as an expense, excluding share-based payments

Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss

Year ended
30 June 
2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 
2020
£’000

247

882

66

(6)

6,612

25

377

1,131

17,507

(316)

273

827

–

(1)

5,912

24

347

1,121

16,230

101

Included within operating profit are profits totalling £0.1 million (2020: £0.3 million), arising from the release of provisions 
recognised on acquisition on contingent liabilities for which the business has made steps to eliminate the risk and deem to no 
longer be required. These liabilities cover provisions relating to the underlying operating expenses of the acquired business and 
accordingly the releases are recorded within adjusted operating profit.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

93

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   93

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   93

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:49

02/11/2021   18:14:49

 
Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

7. Discontinued Operations
The post-tax result from discontinued operations in the year was a profit of £0.3 million (2020: £1.1 million). This arose from the 
final release of provisions that were created upon the disposal of the Repair Services business in the year ended 30 June 2016 
(2020: £0.8 million). In the prior year, the release also included provisions of £0.4 million no longer required in respect of a number 
of VAT liabilities arising from a VAT investigation.

The cash flows associated with the discontinued operations are as follows:

Profit for the year

Operating cash flow before movement in working capital

Decrease in payables and accruals 

Release of provisions

Net cash used in operating activities – discontinued operations

There were no cash flows from investing or financing activities. 

8. Staff Costs

Sales and business development

Administration

Research and development

Aggregate employment costs

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payments

Other pension costs

Year ended
30 June 
2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 
2020
£’000

331

331

–

(331)

–

1,126

1,126

(354)

(787)

(15)

2021 
Average 
number

2020 
Average 
number

148

49

119

316

2021 
Total 
£’000

19,140

1,283

1,490

1,177

142

48

118

308

2020
Total
£’000

17,740

1,311

1,447

1,023

23,090

21,521

Of total staff costs of £23.1 million (2020: £21.5 million), £4.1 million were capitalised within other intangible assets  
(2020: £3.8 million). 

Key management personnel have been identified as the 11 employees (2020: 11) comprising the main Board and executive 
leadership team. 

Remuneration of key management personnel is as follows:

Key management personnel costs 

Short-term employee benefits

Share-based payments 

Aggregate employment costs of Group Directors are as follows:

Aggregate emoluments

Aggregate gains made on exercise of share options

Aggregate amounts receivable under long-term incentive schemes*

Company contributions to a pension scheme

* with respect to options vesting on performance conditions in each year.

94

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

2021 
£’000

2,528

772

3,300

2021 
£’000

1,418

512

1,899

12

3,841

2020
£’000

2,146

877

3,023

2020
£’000

1,100

–

514

17

1,631

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   94

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   94

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:49

02/11/2021   18:14:49

 
FINANCIALS

Aggregate remuneration disclosed here with respect to the Group’s share option plans are stated at their market value, which 
differs to the charge through the income statement, which is expensed in accordance with IFRS 2. Further details on the share- 
based payment expense is disclosed in note 29.

Further details of the Directors’ remuneration including those of the highest paid Director are provided in the audited section 
of the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 69 and 70. The share interests of Directors in the table on page 70 in the 
Remuneration Report form part of this note to the financial statements.

9. Finance Costs

Continuing operations
Bank interest receivable and similar income
Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts
Other finance costs
Revaluation of contingent consideration (note 26)
Interest on lease liabilities
Net finance cost

10. Taxation

Continuing operations
Current tax
UK corporation tax
Overseas tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total current tax charge

Deferred tax
UK
Overseas
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total deferred tax charge/(credit) (note 27)
Tax charge/(credit)

2021
£’000
121
(18)
(245)
(62)
(95)
(299)

2021
£’000

–
252
(186)
66

192
(138)
(25)
29
95

2020
£’000
3
(81)
(6)
–
(64)
(148)

2020
£’000

–
144
–
144

(174)
(19)
(120)
(313)
(169)

UK corporation tax is calculated at 19% (2020: 19%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other 
jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

The Group’s total income tax charge/(credit) for the year can be reconciled to the profit/(loss) before tax per the consolidated 
income statement as follows:

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax at standard UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2020: 19%)

Effects of:

Permanent differences

Rate differences

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Revaluation of deferred tax balances

Movement on unrecognised deferred tax assets

R&D tax credit

Tax charge/(credit)

2021
£’000

1,475

280

(28)

113

(211)

(14)

100

(145)

95

2020
£’000

(179)

(34)

(13)

99

(120)

227

(328)

–

(169)

Factors That May Affect Future Current and Total Tax Charges 
Changes to the UK corporation tax rates were substantively enacted as part of Finance Bill 2021 (on 24 May 2021). Deferred 
taxes at the balance sheet date have been measured using the enacted tax rates and reflected in these financial statements.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

95

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   95

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   95

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:49

02/11/2021   18:14:49

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Deferred Tax Charge on Share-Based Payments
A deferred tax asset is recognised on the difference between the accounting and tax value of unvested share options. The timing 
difference arises due to the IFRS 2 charge being expensed over the duration of the vesting period; however, the tax deduction is 
only allowable at the point of exercise. 

Where an additional timing difference arises due to the difference between the accounting value (represented by the IFRS 2 
charge) and the tax value of the outstanding awards (represented by market value), the corresponding credit is taken directly to 
equity. In the year, a total credit of £0.6 million was recognised directly in retained earnings (2020: £nil).

The deferred tax asset is offset against deferred tax liabilities in accordance with IAS 12, and therefore is included within this 
financial statement caption, due to the tax impacts occurring in the same jurisdiction.

11. Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Continuing operations

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

Discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

Total Group

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

Continuing operations

Profit/(loss) for the year

(Profit)/loss attributable to non-controlling interests 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Reconciliation to adjusted profit:
Revaluation of contingent consideration

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Exceptional income

Amortisation of bank fees

Share-based payments charge

Tax impact of above adjustments

Adjusted profit for the year

Year ended
30 June 
2021 
Pence

Year ended
30 June
2020 
Pence

1.84p

1.78p 

5.77p 

5.58p

0.45p

0.43p

0.45p

0.43p

2.29p

2.21p

6.22p

6.01p

0.04p

0.04p

4.70p

4.52p

1.56p

1.50p

1.56p

1.50p

1.60p

1.54p

6.26p

6.02p

Year ended
30 June 
2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 
2020
£’000

1,380

(14)

1,366

62

–

2,859

(837)

3

1,490

(667)

4,276

(10)

37

27

–

575

2,921

(875)

6

1,447

(699)

3,402

96

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   96

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   96

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:49

02/11/2021   18:14:49

FINANCIALS

The weighted average number of shares and reconciliation between basic and diluted measures is presented below:

Number of shares

Weighted average number of shares (excluding bonus element and treasury shares)

Bonus element from share placing in July 2019

Basic

Impact of dilutive share options

Diluted

Year ended
30 June 
2021
‘000s

Year ended
30 June 
2020
‘000s

73,964

140

74,104

2,573

76,677

72,187

140

72,327

2,938

75,265

The bonus element increasing the basic number of shares used in the earnings per share calculation arises from the placing of 
8,000,000 shares in July 2019 and represents the number of shares effectively issued without consideration, due to the issue 
price of 125 pence being at a discount on the market price of 127.5 pence prior to the placing.

The dilutive share options are in respect of the shares awarded under the Blancco Performance Share Plan and Sharesave Plan 
and further details of the schemes are in note 29. 

12. Cash Flows Associated with Acquisitions and Disposals
Within the consolidated cash flow statement, the £0.3 million cash outflow relating to ˮacquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash 
acquiredˮ arises from the final payment of contingent consideration on the Xcaliber acquisition. In the prior year, the £2.7 million 
outflow was in relation to the acquisition of YouGetItBack Limited (now Blancco Technology Group Ireland Limited). 

13. Goodwill

Cost
At 1 July 2019
Acquisition
Foreign exchange movement
At 30 June 2020
Foreign exchange movement
At 30 June 2021

Accumulated impairment losses
At 1 July 2019, 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2021
Net book value
At 30 June 2021
At 30 June 2020
At 30 June 2019

Total
£‘000

47,262
3,481
1,138
51,881
(3,682)
48,199

–

48,199
51,881
47,262

Management has used the Board approved budget for the year ending 30 June 2022 as the basis on which future cash flow 
projections are calculated.

A future cash flow projection is modelled out for ten years using assumptions of annual growth rates, increases in the cost of 
direct and indirect costs. Additionally, the modelling takes into account the movement in working capital required to sustain the 
growth, and the continued annual investment in R&D in order to maintain the products to support the projected revenues.

The projections in excess of the budget period extend to ten years, which is in excess of the standard projection period of five 
years. The Directors continue to consider the extended period appropriate for the following reasons:

•  The Group has historically observed growth rates in excess of the post-war real annual average growth rate, and over a 

sustained period in excess of five years.

•  The technology sector is generally growing at a higher rate that than the average for the countries in which we operate, with 

the level of data creation far in excess of long-term average growth rates.

•  Data security continues to become a much more regulated sector, which is leading to higher levels of market education 

around the benefits of data erasure, which is continuing to expand our market reach.

The assumptions used in the ten-year projection period remain the same as the prior period and include annual compound 
growth in revenue and sales and marketing costs of 7.5%. This level of growth is lower than each of the compound average 
growth rate observed within the Group, the growth rates observed over the last 18 months which have been COVID-19 affected, 
and the growth rate used in the approved budget. This is, therefore, considered to be a prudent forecast of medium-term growth 
potential due to market drivers. The growth in the fixed cost base in the model remains at 2%. 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

97

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   97

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   97

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:49

02/11/2021   18:14:49

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

This equates to a compound annual growth in Adjusted EBITDA over this period of 10.9%, with this metric being the key driver 
behind cash generation. The Directors consider the increase in operating margin to be appropriate given the low cost of sales of 
the product, resulting in the overall cost base growing at a slower rate than revenues.

A terminal growth value of 2% has been used in year ten, which is benchmarked upon the post-war real annual average growth in 
GDP in the markets the Group serves.

The pre-tax discount rate applied is 9.8%. In the prior year, the pre-tax discount rate applied was 8.9%. The discount rate has 
increased due to the increase in the risk-free rate of return applied in the weighted average cost of capital calculations.

Management has undertaken sensitivity analysis on several of the key assumptions in the value-in-use calculations. However, the 
results of the sensitivity analysis conclude that there would have to be a significant change in key assumptions to occur before 
impairment would be triggered. For example, the compound annual revenue and EBITDA growth rate would have to decline to 
0.7% before any impairment was triggered which is considered unrepresentative of long-term future growth prospects, and 
would represent a 91% reduction on the current assumption. Analysis completed on the fixed cost base and discount factor 
conclude that a similarly significant adjustment to those single inputs would be required to trigger impairment

Management have therefore concluded that there is a more than adequate amount of headroom in the calculations and that 
there is no single reasonably possible change in the key assumptions that would trigger impairment. It is therefore reasonable to 
value the goodwill at its purchased value and that no impairment is necessary at 30 June 2021. 

14. Other Intangible Assets

Cost
At 1 July 2019 
Additions
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Exchange movement
At 30 June 2020
Additions
Disposals
Reclassifications
Exchange movement
At 30 June 2021

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year
Exchange movement
At 30 June 2020
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange movement
At 30 June 2021

Net book value at 30 June 2021
Net book value at 30 June 2020
Net book value at 30 June 2019

Brand 
name
£’000

3,585
–
56
–
76
3,717
–
–
–
(248)
3,469

1,563
295
47
1,905
241
–
(145)
2,001

1,468
1,812
2,022

Intellectual 
property
£’000

Customer 
contracts
£’000

Development 
expenditure
£’000

Assets under 
construction
£’000

Other 
intangible 
assets
£’000

15,591
–
1,281
–
357
17,229
–
–
–
(1,173)
16,056

7,780
1,719
227
9,726
1,719
–
(710)
10,735

5,321
7,503
7,811

8,948
–
312
–
187
9,447
–
–
–
(613)
8,834

4,485
907
120
5,512
899
–
(375)
6,036

2,798
3,935
4,463

11,181
4,079
–
1,220
226
16,706
4,211
–
405
(1,182)
20,140

6,057
2,662
66
8,785
3,324
–
(625)
11,484

8,656
7,921
5,124

1,220
381
–
(1,220)
24
405
–
–
(405)
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
405
1,220

2,362
452
–
–
39
2,853
461
(331)
–
(502)
2,481

1,280
329
22
1,631
429
(265)
(440)
1,355

1,126
1,222
1,082

Total
£‘000

42,887
4,912
1,649
–
909
50,357
4,672
(331)
–
(3,718)
50,980

21,165
5,912
482
27,559
6,612
(265)
(2,295)
31,611

19,369
22,798
21,722

The Group’s capitalised internal development expenditure of £4.1 million (2020: £3.8 million), relates predominantly in the 
continued development of Blancco software. Amortisation of internally generated development expenditure for the Group is £3.0 
million (2020: £2.6 million).

The amortisation is presented in the income statement within administrative expenses, with the amortisation associated with 
acquired intangibles included within adjusted administrative expenses and therefore not recorded in adjusted operating profit.

98

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   98

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   98

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:50

02/11/2021   18:14:50

 
FINANCIALS

15. Property, Plant and Equipment

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Computer 
equipment
£’000

Fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
£’000

Total
£‘000

Cost

At 1 July 2019

On acquisition

Additions

Reclassification

Disposals

Exchange movement

At 30 June 2020 

Additions

Disposals

Exchange movement

At 30 June 2021

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 July 2019

On acquisition

Charge for the year

Reclassification

Disposals 

Exchange movement

At 30 June 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange movement

At 30 June 2021

Net book value at 30 June 2021

Net book value at 30 June 2020 

Net book value at 30 June 2019

6

–

12

62

–

–

80

–

(27)

(5)

48

6

–

18

32

–

–

56

10

(27)

(4)

35

13

24

–

661

–

244

–

– 

13

918

197

(36)

(100)

979

445

–

129

–

–

2

576

158

(36)

(81)

617

362

342

216

398

136

145

(62)

(122)

8

503

38

(19)

(50)

472

232

118

126

(32)

(121)

6

329

79

(19)

(27)

362

110

174

166

16. Leases
The balance sheet includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Right-of-use assets

Buildings

Vehicles

Lease liabilities

Current

Non-current

3,585

4,650

132

307

–

(463)

65

3,626

1,723

(1,486)

(217)

3,646

1,888

66

827

–

(416)

36

2,401

882

(1,341)

(60)

1,882

1,764

1,225

1,697

2021
£’000

1,709

55

1,764

2021
£’000

678

1,092

1,770

268

708

–

(585)

86

5,127

1,958

(1,568)

(372)

5,145

2,571

184

1,100

–

(537)

44

3,362

1,129

(1,423)

(172)

2,896

2,249

1,765

2,079

2020
£’000

1,170

55

1,225

2020
£’000

727

556

1,283

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the year were £1.7 million (2020: £0.3 million) and principally comprise new building leases. 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

99

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   99

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   99

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:50

02/11/2021   18:14:50

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

The income statement includes the following amounts relating to leases.

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets

Buildings

Vehicles

Interest charge on lease liabilities

Expense relating to lease of low-value assets

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

852

30

882

95

25

800

27

827

64

24

The total cash outflow for leases in the year was £1.0 million (2020: £0.9 million), which includes the cash outflow from low-value 
leases of £25,000 (2020: £24,000). 

17. Investments 
The Group’s subsidiary undertakings are as follows:

Principal activity  
of the Company

Ownership 
percentage  
by the Group 

Country of 
incorporation

Company address

Company name

Held directly by the Company

Blancco Central Services Ltd

Blancco (Software) Services Ltd

Blancco Trustees Ltd

Intermediate services 
company

Intermediate holding 
company

Trustee for the Blancco 
Employee Benefit Trust

100%

England and Wales

100%

England and Wales

100%

England and Wales

Blancco Technology Group Ireland 
Limited (formerly YouGetItBack Limited)

Smartphone diagnostics 100%

Ireland

Held indirectly by the Company

Blancco APAC Pte. Limited

Data erasure

100%

Singapore

Blancco Finland Acquisitions Oy

Intermediate holding 
company

100%

Finland

Blancco Technology Group IP Oy

Data erasure

100%

Finland

Blancco Diagnostics (India) Pvt Ltd**

Smartphone diagnostics 100%

India

Blancco (Software) India Private 
Limited**

Data erasure

100%

India

Blancco (Software) Netherlands BV

Data erasure

Blancco Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd* Data erasure

100%

100%

Netherlands

China

Suite 1, Chapel House, Thremhall 
Park, Start Hill, Bishops Stortford, 
Hertfordshire CM22 7WE
Suite 1, Chapel House, Thremhall 
Park, Start Hill, Bishops Stortford, 
Hertfordshire CM22 7WE
Suite 1, Chapel House, Thremhall 
Park, Start Hill, Bishops Stortford, 
Hertfordshire CM22 7WE
Evergreen House, Congress 
Road, Cork T12 X792

1 Paya Lebar Link, #04-01
Paya Lebar Quarter
Singapore 408533
Upseerinkatu 1-3
FIN-02600 Espoo
Lansikatu 15
Upseerinkatu 1-3
FIN-02600 Espoo
Lansikatu 15
Sai Radhe Complex, B Wing, Ofc 
No.109,
Urbanwrk Floor 5 Sangamwadi, 
Kennedy Rd, Bhd Hotel Sheraton 
Grand, Pune MH 411001
Sai Radhe Complex, B Wing, Ofc 
No.109,
Urbanwrk Floor 5 Sangamwadi, 
Kennedy Rd, Bhd Hotel Sheraton 
Grand, Pune MH 411001
Schiphol Boulevard 127, 1118 BG 
Schiphol
17/F, Tower D1, DRC Diplomatic 
Office Building, No. 19 
Dongfangdong Road, Chaoyang 
District, Beijing 100016 China 

100

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   100

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   100

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:50

02/11/2021   18:14:50

FINANCIALS

Company name
Blancco Software Services Inc.

Blancco Services US LLC

Blancco Oy Ltd

Principal activity  
of the Company
Intermediate holding 
company
Intermediate services 
company
Data erasure

Ownership 
percentage  
by the Group 
100%

100%

100%

Country of 
incorporation
United States of 
America
United States of 
America
Finland

Blancco UK Ltd

Data erasure

100%

England and Wales

Blancco France SAS

Data erasure

100%

France

Blancco US LLC

Data erasure

Blancco Central Europe GmbH

Data erasure

Blancco Canada Inc.

Data erasure

Blancco SEA Sdn Bhd

Data erasure

100%

100%

100%

100%

United States of 
America
Germany

Canada

Malaysia

Blancco Australasia Pty Ltd

Data erasure

100%

Australia

Blancco Japan Inc.

Data erasure

80%

Japan

Blancco Sweden SFO

Data erasure

SafeIT Security Sweden AB

Data erasure

100%

100%

Sweden

Sweden

YouGetItBack (Nominees) Limited*

Smartphone diagnostics 100%

Ireland

Company address
555 Northpoint Center East, 
Suite 400, Alpharetta, GA, 30022
555 Northpoint Center East, 
Suite 400, Alpharetta, GA 30022
Upseerinkatu 1-3 
FIN-0200 Espoo 
Lansikatu 15
Suite 1, Chapel House, Thremhall 
Park, Start Hill, Bishops Stortford, 
Hertfordshire CM22 7WE
2, Allée de la Marque, Centre 
d’Affaires du Molinel, Bât E – 
2ème étage, 59290 Wasquehal, 
France
555 Northpoint Center East, 
Suite 400, Alpharetta, GA, 30022
Monreposstrasse 53, D-71634 
Ludwigsburg
Unit 1B, 33820 South Fraser Way, 
Abbotsford, B.C. V2S2C5
Suite B-10-2, Level 10, Tower B, 
Plaza Paintai, Off Jalan Patai Baru 
59200 Kuala Lumpur
Level 19 
10 Eagle Street 
Brisbane, QLD 4000
Gaien Building SF, 2-23-8 
Minami-Aoyama,
Minato-Ku, Tokyo 107-002
Franzengatan 53
112 15 Stockholm
Franzengatan 53
 112 15 Stockholm
Ground Floor, 6 Lapps Quay, Cork

YouGetItBack Inc*

Smartphone diagnostics 100%

United States of 
America

One Broadway, 14th Floor Kendall 
Square, Cambridge, MA 02142

* Year end date is 31 December, but consolidated to 30 June.
** Year end date is 31 March, but consolidated to 30 June.

The proportion of voting rights represented by the shareholdings is consistent with the percentages disclosed in the table above.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

101

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   101

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   101

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:50

02/11/2021   18:14:50

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Investments in Part-owned Subsidiaries
Summarised financial information relating to each of the Group’s subsidiaries with non-controlling interest (NCI) that are material 
to the Group, before any intra-group eliminations, is shown below. These are aggregated for all Blancco subsidiaries as they are 
performing the same function for the Group in different jurisdictions:

Shareholdings

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Net assets attributable to NCI

Revenue

Profit/(loss) after taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation attributable to NCI

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Other non-cash movements – exchange rate changes

18. Inventory

Finished goods

There is no provision for obsolete stock held in the consolidated balance sheet (2020: £nil).

19. Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables

Less: loss allowance 

Trade receivables net of provision

Prepayments, contract assets and other receivables

A reconciliation of the movement in the loss allowances for trade receivables is as follows:

At 1 July

Increase/(decrease) in loss allowance recognised in the income statement during the year

Write-offs

At 30 June

20. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

80%

51–80%

2,131

2,642

(1,957)

–

2,816

563

7,925

70

14

281

(24)

(113)

144

(75)

2021
£’000

110

2021
£’000

4,953

(209)

4,744

1,460

6,204

2021
£’000

198

65

(54)

209

2021
£’000

10,071

2,236

2,676

(1,589)

–

3,323

665

7,672

(162)

(37)

367

(4)

(2,004)

(1,641)

33

2020 
£’000

102

2020
£’000

6,106

(198)

5,908

1,346

7,254

2020
£’000

284

(86)

–

198

2020
£’000

6,719

102

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   102

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   102

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:51

02/11/2021   18:14:51

21. Trade and Other Payables
Included within the trade and other payables current liability are:

Trade payables

Other taxes and social security

Lease liabilities

Other payables

Accruals 

Contract liabilities

Included within the other payables non-current liability are:

Lease liabilities

Contract liabilities

FINANCIALS

2021
£’000

498

1,554

678

134

4,079

824

7,767

2021
£’000

1,092

39

1,131

2020
£’000

595

1,707

727

128

4,661

995

8,813

2020
£’000

556

431

987

22. Bank Borrowings 
The bank borrowing is secured on the majority of the Company’s assets for the duration of the revolving credit facility, which 
was entered into in January 2021. The total cash facility available to the Company, including an overdraft facility, as at 30 June 
2021 totalled £7.0 million (2020: £12.0 million), of which £nil (2020: £nil) had been drawn down in cash at the balance sheet date, 
resulting in an unutilised facility of £7.0 million (2020: £12.0 million). The facility is available until January 2024.

The overdraft facility is presented within cash and cash equivalents.

Under the revolving credit facility, the Group is subject to certain financial covenants relating to:
−

Leverage – the ratio of total net debt to EBITDA.

−

Interest cover – the ratio of EBITDA to total debt costs.

The Group has complied with these financial covenants in the year and future forecasts indicate these will be met for the 
remaining duration of the facility.

23. Net Cash

Cash and cash equivalents

24. Reconciliation of Movement in Cash and Financing Liabilities

Cash at bank and in hand

Net cash

Lease liabilities

Cash at bank and in hand

Borrowings 

Net cash

Lease liabilities

At 1 July 
2020
£’000

6,719

6,719

1,283

At 1 July 
2019
£’000

6,636

(6,494)

142

1,757

Cash flow
£’000

3,955

3,955

(1,022)

Cash flow
£’000

77

6,500

6,577

(884)

2021
£’000

10,071

10,071

Other non-
cash items
£‘000

(603)

(603)

1,509

Other non-
cash items
£‘000

6

(6)

–

410

2020
£’000

6,719

6,719

At 
30 June 
2021
£‘000

10,071

10,071

1,770

At 
30 June 
2020
£‘000

6,719

–

6,719

1,283

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

103

Other non-cash items within lease liabilities includes new leases of £1.7 million (2020: £0.3 million) and disposals of £0.1 million 
(2020: £nil). 

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   103

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   103

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:51

02/11/2021   18:14:51

 
 
Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

25. Provisions 

At 1 July 2019

Released during year

At 30 June 2020

Released during year

At 30 June 2021

Total
£’000

1,119

(787)

332

(332)

–

The provisions represented tax and other potential liabilities relating from the disposal of the discontinued businesses in 2016.

Current
Non-current

2021
£’000
–
–
–

2020
£’000
227
105
332

26. Financial Instruments – Risk Management
Capital Risk Management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising 
return for stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance.

The Group’s capital structure is as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Net cash
Equity holders of the Company
Gearing ratio (net debt to equity)

2021
£’000
10,071
10,071
74,338
n/a

2020
£’000
6,719
6,719
76,685
n/a

Under the revolving credit facility, the Group is subject to certain financial covenants relating to:
−

Leverage – the ratio of total net debt to EBITDA.

−

Interest cover – the ratio of EBITDA to total debt costs.

The Group has complied with these financial covenants in the year and future forecasts indicate these will be met for the 
remaining duration of the facility.

Categories of Financial Instruments
The following assets and liabilities at carrying values meet the definition of financial instruments and are classified according to 
the following categories.

Assets carried at amortised cost
Trade and other receivables
Cash
Financial assets

Liabilities carried at amortised cost
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Liabilities carried at fair value through profit and loss
Contingent consideration
Financial liabilities

2021
£’000

5,352
10,071
15,423

2021
£’000

4,700
1,770

–
6,470

2020
£’000

6,476
6,719
13,195

2020
£’000

5,371
1,283

288
6,942

104

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   104

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   104

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:51

02/11/2021   18:14:51

 
 
FINANCIALS

Estimation of Fair Values
The Group analyses financial instruments into a fair value hierarchy based on the valuation technique used to determine fair value. 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. There are no Level 1 financial assets or 
liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). There are no Level 2 financial assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The only Level 3 instrument is the contingent consideration liability and it is carried at fair value derived using a Level 3 valuation 
method. The movement in the fair value is shown below: 

At 1 July 2019

Revaluation of contingent consideration

At 30 June 2020

Reassessment of fair value of contingent consideration

Revaluation of contingent consideration
Payment of contingent consideration

At 30 June 2021

Xcaliber
£’000

278

10

288

62

(31)
(319)

–

Total
£’000

278

10

288

62

(31)
(319)

–

During the year, the contingent consideration for Xcaliber was revalued resulting in a credit recognised in the Translation 
Reserve, since the liability is recorded in subsidiaries whose reporting currency is non-sterling. The fair value of the contingent 
consideration was reassessed resulting in a non-cash charge of £0.1 million to the income statement. The contingent 
consideration was paid in January 2021. 

For the other financial assets and financial liabilities, the carrying value and fair value is considered to be the same with the 
following assumptions:

•  For trade and other receivables/payables with a remaining life of less than one year, the carrying amount is deemed to reflect 

the fair value. 

•  For cash and cash equivalents, the amount reported on the balance sheet approximates to fair value. 

•  For borrowings at floating rates, the carrying value is deemed to reflect the fair value as it is considered to represent the price 

of the instrument in the marketplace.

Financial Risk Management
The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are market risk (including foreign currency risk and interest rate 
risk), liquidity risk and credit risk. The Group seeks to minimise the effects of these risks by developing and consistently applying 
Board approved policies and procedures. Such policies and procedures are regularly reviewed for their appropriateness and 
effectiveness to deal with the changing nature of financial risks.

Market Risk – Interest Rate Risk
During the year, the revolving credit facility attracted a margin of 1.75% (2020: 1.65% under the previous facility) above LIBOR (for 
GBP amounts drawn down). The undrawn part of the revolving credit facility is subject to a charge during its availability, computed 
at 35% (2020: 40% under the previous facility) of margin. 

The facility allows for a change in interest rate benchmark, due to the planned discontinuation of LIBOR and EURIBOR rates at 
the end of this year. The benchmark is anticipated to change to SONIA (for GBP borrowings) and ESTR (for EUR borrowings). The 
change in benchmark is not expected to materially impact the Group’s interest charge, since the replacement measures have 
historically tracked very closely to the LIBOR and EURIBOR rates.

A change in the LIBOR or EURIBOR rate (and potential future changes in the SONIA and ESTR rates) of 1% would increase or 
decrease the annual interest charge on the revolving credit facility drawn down as at 30 June 2021 of £nil (2020: £nil) by £nil 
(2020: £nil). 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

105

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   105

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   105

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:51

02/11/2021   18:14:51

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Foreign Currency Risk
One of the risks that the Group faces in doing business in overseas markets is currency fluctuations. The Group’s hedging policy 
is the responsibility of the Board. The CFO periodically reviews the Group’s hedging activities and will formally recommend any 
changes to the Board as necessary.

•  Where we have accumulated a significant value of non-sterling cash through trading, we will periodically convert this back to 

sterling at spot rates, or forward rates if the Group can obtain a more attractive conversion rate.

•  We may undertake a limited number of forward contracts for certain payments and receipts, where the amounts are large, are 
not denominated in the local country’s functional currency, where the timing is known in advance, and where the amount can 
be predicted with certainty.

•  We may undertake natural hedging between the cash and borrowings of different currencies, through the Group’s multi-

currency pooled overdraft.

•  We may undertake natural hedging by structuring and paying future earn-outs on acquisitions and significant investments in 

the target Company’s local currency. 

•  We do not undertake any other hedging activities in respect of tangible and intangible fixed assets, working capital such as 

stock, debtors, or creditors, or other balance sheet items, as these are generally small in nature in any one individual country. 
We do not undertake any cash flow or profit hedging activities to insulate from currency movements in respect of overseas 
earnings, as we cannot assess these earnings with any high degree of accuracy in terms of timings and amounts. 

The Group has a good mix of business across ten main currencies and this does provide some degree of smoothing of currency 
movements in any one country through a portfolio effect. 

The table below shows the extent to which the Group had significant monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies 
other than the local currency of the Company in which they are recorded, for those currencies which represent over 10% of 
revenues. 

Monetary assets
Monetary liabilities
Net monetary assets/(liabilities) 

JPY denominated

EUR denominated

USD denominated

2021
£’000
806
–
806

2020
£’000
2,178
(1,736)
442

2021
£’000
2,817
(4,829)
(2,012)

2020
£’000
2,914
(5,242)
(2,328)

2021
£’000
1,194
(2,643)
(1,449)

2020
£’000
1,006
(1,817)
(811)

There is one forward contract in place as at 30 June 2021 (2020: one). The quantum of the forward contract at 30 June 2021  
is £0.3 million (2020: £1.7 million) and hedges against part of the Group’s euro cash holding at this date, and is included 
as a euro denominated asset in the above table. The fair value of the forward contract as at 30 June 2021 was immaterial 
(2020: immaterial).

The large euro and US dollar monetary liabilities represent the overdraft balance held in foreign currencies by the Company, 
which are hedged against cash balances denominated in those currencies which are held in overseas subsidiaries. The overseas 
holdings do not generate foreign currency volatility through the income statement, and hence are not represented in the above 
monetary assets, since they generally report their results in the currencies of those cash balances.

Sensitivity Analysis
This quantifies the impact of change in value of assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional 
currency of that business unit. A 10% appreciation/depreciation of the Japanese yen, the euro and the US dollar against sterling, 
applied to the net exposures as at 30 June, would give rise to the following gain/(loss) in the retranslation of these balances:

Profit/(loss) before tax – gain/(loss)

10% appreciation of JPY/EUR/USD

10% depreciation of JPY/EUR/ USD

JPY denominated

EUR denominated

USD denominated

2021
£’000

81

(81)

2020
£’000

44

(44)

2021
£’000

(201)

201

2020
£’000

(233)

233

2021
£’000

(145)

145

2020
£’000

(81)

 81

The analysis has been performed using the Group exchange rates at the 30 June 2021 reporting date of 1.16 €/£ 
(2020: 1.09 €/£); 152.83 JPY/£ (2020: 132.16 JPY/£); and 1.38 US$/£ (2020: 1.23 US$/£). 

It is noted that while volatility exists in future income statements, due to the hedging of overdraft and cash balances across 
currencies and subsidiaries, the balance sheet volatility in respect of net debt is minimised as far as practical.

The Group is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates on the translation of net assets and profits earned by foreign subsidiaries. 
These profits are translated at the prior month closing exchange rate during the year, which is an approximation of the rates at the 
date of the transaction.

106

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   106

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   106

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:51

02/11/2021   18:14:51

FINANCIALS

Credit Risk
The top ten customers (all of which are major businesses or large public sector clients) account for 20.76% (2020: 19.64%) of 
the Group’s revenue and hence there is some customer reliance risk, although the biggest single customer accounts for 5.42% 
(2020: 4.20%) of revenue. 

As at the year-end, 93% (2020: 80%) of our net trade receivables balances were in terms and therefore the Board believes these 
balances do not present a significant credit risk that could lead to a loss for the Group. 

Ageing of trade receivables, net of impaired balances, is as follows:

Current
Past due 
Less than 30 days overdue
30 to 60 days overdue
More than 60 days overdue

2021
£’000
4,448

133
133
30
4,744

2021
%
93

3
3
1
100

2020
£’000
4,702

649
203
354
5,908

2020
%
80

11
3
6
100

The average credit period taken on sales is 47 days (2020: 62 days).

The Group has provided for specific trade receivables where the recoverability is highly unlikely and provided an expected loss 
provision across all other debtors. As at 30 June 2021, the total loss allowance was £209,000 (2020: £198,000). 

Receivables are written off against the impairment provision when management considers the debt is no longer recoverable.

Liquidity Risk
The Group ensures that there are sufficient levels of committed facility, cash and cash equivalents to ensure that the Group is, at 
all times, able to meet its financial commitments.

The Group has available cash of £10.1 million and forecasts indicate this is sufficient to meet the Group’s day-to-day operating 
obligations, including under assessment of reasonably possible downside sensitivities.

The table below summarises the contractual maturity profile of the undiscounted cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities:

2021
Effective 
interest 
rate 
%

–

1–11

–

–

2021
Less than 
one year
£’000

2021
One to five 
years 
£’000

2021
Over five 
years 
£’000

4,700

680

–

5,380

–

1,298

–

1,298

–

–

–

–

2020
Effective
 interest 
rate 
%

–

1–17

14

–

2020
Less than 
one year
£’000

2020
One to five 
years 
£’000

2020
Over five 
years 
£’000

5,371

744

288

6,403

–

596

–

596

–

–

–

–

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

27. Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities) 

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Short-term timing differences

Employee benefits

Tax losses

At 1 July 
2020
£’000

Recognised 
in the income 
statement
£’000

Recognised
in equity
£’000

Reallocations 
and utilisations
£’000

Exchange
£’000

At 30 June 
2021
£’000

50

(4,938)

100

1,024

681

(3,083)

(50)

157

(56)

(120)

40

(29)

–

–

–

609

–

609

–

–

–

–

(141)

(141)

–

277

(24)

–

(145)

108

–

(4,504)

20

1,513

435

(2,536)

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

107

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   107

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   107

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:51

02/11/2021   18:14:51

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Short-term timing differences

Employee benefits

Tax losses

At 1 July 
2019
£’000

50

(4,776)

155

800

758

(3,013)

Recognised 
in the income 
statement
£’000

Recognised 
upon 
acquisition
£’000

Exchange
£’000

At 30 June 
2020
£’000

–

101

86

224

(98)

313

–

(206)

29

–

–

(177)

–

(57)

(170)

–

21

(206)

50

(4,938)

100

1,024

681

(3,083)

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that they are considered recoverable against the future profits of the Group. No 
deferred tax asset has been recognised in relation to taxation on UK losses amounting to £2.0 million (2020: £1.3 million).

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset to the extent permitted by IAS12. The deferred tax asset balance of 
£0.1 million (2020: £0.4 million) as at 30 June 2021 is made up of a UK deferred tax asset balance of £nil (2020: £0.2 million) and 
overseas deferred tax assets of £0.1 million (2020: £0.2 million). The deferred tax liability balance as at 30 June 2021 is made up 
wholly of overseas deferred tax liabilities of £2.7 million (2020: £3.5 million).

Of the total deferred tax asset of £0.1 million (2020: £0.4 million), all of this balance is current (2020: £0.4 million current). Of the 
deferred tax liability of £2.7 million (2020: £3.5 million), £0.5 million is current (2020: £0.6 million).

A brought forward deferred tax asset totalling £0.1 million has been reclassified to the current tax account during the year.

28. Called Up Share Capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
Ordinary shares of 2p

2021
Number of 
shares

2021
£’000

2020
Number of 
shares

2020
£’000

75,580,296

1,512

75,363,842

1,507

The Company has one class of ordinary shares, which carry no rights to fixed income. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled 
to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. 

Share Issue
On 29 September 2020, 216,454 ordinary shares were allotted at par in respect of vesting of an award under the Company’s 
Performance Share Plan. Following this, the total number of ordinary shares in issue is 75,580,296 and the total number of voting 
rights is 75,580,296. 

Share Premium
This arises on issue of the Company’s shares over and above the nominal value of the shares, less any expenses of issue 
incurred in issuing equity.

Merger Reserve
The merger reserve arose in respect of the premium arising on the ordinary shares issued as consideration for the acquisition of 
shares in another Company.

Translation Reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of 
foreign operations.

Capital Redemption Reserve
The capital redemption reserve arose on the cancellation of part of the Group’s previous share capital.

Employee Benefit Trust (EBT)
Of the issued share capital at 30 June 2021, 1,133,839 shares (30 June 2020: 2,275,442) are held by the Employee Benefit Trust 
and are treated as Treasury shares. 

During the year, 1,141,603 shares held by the EBT were used to settle awards under the Performance Share Plan. 

108

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   108

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   108

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

FINANCIALS

29. Share-Based Payments 
Performance Share Plan
The Group has implemented long-term incentive arrangements for its senior management and Directors in order to align their 
interests to those of the shareholders. The Blancco Performance Share Plan (the “PSPˮ) was established in March 2018 and 
several tranches of awards have been granted since this date. The PSP was created to incentivise Executive Directors and senior 
management, and drive long-term sustainable growth for shareholders. 

It is intended to grant annual awards under the PSP to Executive Directors and senior management. The maximum opportunity 
under the Plan is 170% of base salary.

These awards will usually be subject to stretching performance conditions over a three-year period. The performance measures 
and targets will be selected annually by the Remuneration Committee prior to the grant of awards and will closely align to the 
Company’s key business objectives. 

Awards granted in the year ended 30 June 2019 shall vest based 50% on invoiced revenue and 50% adjusted operating cash 
flow. Performance will be assessed based on outcomes for the year ended 30 June 2021, with vesting taking place after the 
completion of the audit of the financial statements. Invoiced revenue, being closely linked to revenue, and adjusted operating 
cash flow are key financial metrics for the Company. Strong performance in both areas is essential to the long-term success 
of the business and delivering value for shareholders. When assessing the level of vesting in respect of the invoiced revenue 
portion, the Remuneration Committee will also consider the profitability of such revenue to ensure that growth in invoiced 
revenue reflects value creation for shareholders.

Following a review by the Remuneration Committee in the prior year, the awards granted in the year ended 30 June 2020 and 
thereafter shall vest based on IFRS revenue, adjusted operating cash flow and adjusted operating profit for the performance in 
the year ending 30 June 2022 and years thereafter, with equal weighting across all three metrics.

As of 30 June 2021, dilution in respect of Blancco share awards granted in the last ten years represented 4.1% of the Company’s 
issued share capital.

Details of share awards movement during the year is as follows:

Scheme

Exercise price
Year in which options are 
exercisable

Performance 
Share Plan 
(March and 
May 
2018 Award)

Performance 
Share Plan 
(July and 
November
2018 Award)*

Performance 
Share Plan 
(November 
2018 Award)

Performance 
Share Plan 
(October 
2019 Award)

Performance 
Share Plan 
(October 
2019 Award)

Performance 
Share Plan 
(November 
2020 Award)

Performance 
Share Plan 
(November 
2020 Award)

Total

0.0–2.0p

0.0p

2.0p

2.0p

0.0p

2.0p

At 1 July 2019

1,685,513

1,314,184

2020

2021

2021

59,836

Granted

–

–

–

1,008,933

At 30 June 2020

1,685,513

1,314,184

59,836

1,008,933

Granted

Exercised**

Lapsed
At 30 June 2021

–

(1,358,057)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(327,456)
–

–
1,314,184

–
59,836

–
1,008,933

–
34,926

2022

–

34,926

34,926

–

–

2023

2023

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,059,533

1,043,859

4,103,392

661,898

23,261

685,159

–

–
661,898

–

(1,358,057)

–
23,261

(327,456)
3,103,038

0.0p

2022

–

* 302,632 shares issued in July and 1,011,552 shares issued in November.
** Share price at the date of exercise was 195.0p.

The fair value for the outstanding PSP awards were calculated using the inputs outlined in the table below:

Date of grant
Fair value of options granted (per share) at date of grant
Expected term (years)
Settlement

Performance Share 
Plan (July 2018 
Award)
25 July 2018
76.0p
2.92
Equity

Performance Share 
Plan (November 
2018 Award)
05 November 2018
106.3p
2.67
Equity

Performance Share 
Plan (October 2019 
Award)
02 October 2019
127.5p
2.75
Equity

Performance Share 
Plan (November 
2020 Award)
11 November 2020
190.5p
2.67
Equity

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

109

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   109

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   109

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Sharesave Plan
The Company operates a sharesave scheme, introduced in the year, which is available to full-time employees based in the UK, 
and other operating locations with a significant staff footprint, including Executive Directors of the Company. The Sharesave plan 
gives employees the unconditional right to purchase shares at an option price (which is at a 20% discount to the market price 
at the date the exercise price is determined) on or after the maturity date which is three years after the grant date provided the 
employee remains with the Company or its subsidiaries and completes the saving obligation prior to the maturity date. Maturity is 
deferred to the extent an employee hasn’t completed the total saving obligation after three years. 

The fair value of services received in return for shares options granted under this scheme is calculated with reference to the fair 
value of the award on the date of grant. This is spread over the period during which the employee becomes entitled to the award 
and adjusted to reflect expected levels of vesting. The Black–Scholes pricing model has been used to calculate the fair value of 
options awarded under the Sharesave plan. 

The assumptions used in the model are illustrated in the table below

Sharesave Plan

Fair value at 
measurement 

Grant date
29 March 2021

date Exercise price
£2.28

£1.00

Expected 
volatility
38.8%

Expected 

term Risk-free rate
0.16%

3 years

The expected volatility has been based on the historical volatility of the Company’s share price over the previous historical period 
in line with the expected term. There is a zero assumption for dividend yield on the options awarded. 

The total share-based payment cost represents the accrued value of both schemes during the year, in addition to directly 
attributable fees of implementing and administering the schemes and accrued employer taxes in respect of the plans. This 
corresponded to a charge of £1.5 million (2020: £1.4 million). The accrued IFRS 2 expense for the schemes has been recorded as 
an equity-settled share-based payment scheme and accordingly has been recognised as an expense through the consolidated 
income statement, with a corresponding credit in equity of £1.1 million (2020: £1.3 million), which represents the movement 
in the cumulative compensation expense in the year. This has reduced year-on-year due to a reassessment of the expected 
attainment of prior year tranches of the Performance Share Plan. 

The total amount recognised in equity of £1.7 million (2020: £1.3 million) includes the impact of deferred tax (see note 10).

30. Related Party Transactions
Transactions between Blancco Technology Group plc and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation. No disclosure of these transactions is required under IAS 24.

All transactions with Directors are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report from page 66, as well as in the key 
management personnel disclosures in note 8.

31. Subsequent Events
There were no subsequent events that took place following the year ended 30 June 2021. 

110

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   110

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   110

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

Company Balance Sheet
As at 30 June 2021

Assets
Non-current assets
Investments 

Current assets
Debtors
Deferred tax

Creditors
Amounts falling due within one year
Net current assets
Total assets less current liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Merger reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Retained earnings
Equity shareholders’ funds

FINANCIALS

30 June 
2021
£’000

30 June 
2020
£’000

Note

5

6
7

8

18,435
18,435

82,847
–
82,847

(5,375)
77,472
95,907
95,907

1,512
21,103
5,861
417
67,014
95,907

17,552
17,552

86,993
188
87,181

(6,476)
80,705
98,257
98,257

1,507
21,103
5,861
417
69,369
98,257

The Company’s loss for the year was £3.4 million (2020: profit of £1.5 million).

The financial statements on pages 111 to 117 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on  
27 September 2021 and were signed on its behalf by: 

Adam Moloney
Chief Financial Officer 
Company number: 05113820

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

111

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   111

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   111

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2021

Balance as at 30 June 2019

Profit for the year

Issue of shares

Recognition of share-based payments

Called up 
share capital
£’000

1,304

–

203

–

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

10,397

–

10,706

–

Balance as at 30 June 2020

1,507

21,103

Loss for the year

Issue of shares

Recognition of share-based payments

–

5

–

–

–

–

Merger 
reserve
£’000

4,034

–

1,827

–

5,861

–

–

–

Balance as at 30 June 2021

1,512

21,103

5,861

Retained 
earnings
£’000

66,530

1,505

–

1,334

69,369

(3,443)

(5)

1,093

67,014

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

Total 
shareholders’ 
funds
£’000

417

–

–

–

417

–

–

–

417

82,682

1,505

12,736

1,334

98,257

(3,443)

–

1,093

95,907

112

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   112

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   112

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

 
FINANCIALS

Notes to the Company Accounts
for the year ended 30 June 2021

1. Basis of Preparation
Blancco Technology Group plc is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under 
the Companies Act 2006. Details of its registered office are 
published on page 53.

2. Accounting Policies
The significant accounting policies applied in the preparation 
of the Company financial statements are set out below. 
These policies have been consistently applied to all the years 
presented, unless otherwise stated.

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 101, Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (FRS 101) and the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) 
as applicable to companies using FRS 101. FRS 101 sets out a 
reduced disclosure framework for a qualifying entity as defined 
in the standard, which addresses the financial reporting 
requirements and disclosure exemptions in the individual 
financial statements of qualifying entities that otherwise apply 
the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements 
of international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The Company is a qualifying entity for the purposes of FRS 
101.

FRS 101 sets out amendments to international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 that are necessary to achieve 
compliance with the Act and related regulations. 

In these financial statements, the Company has applied 
the exemptions under FRS 101 in respect of the following 
disclosures:

•  A cash flow statement and related notes.

•  Comparative period reconciliations for share capital and 

tangible fixed assets.

•  Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned 

subsidiaries.

•  Disclosures in respect of capital management.

•  The effect of new but not yet effective IFRSs.

•  Disclosures in respect of compensation of key 

management personnel. 

•  Disclosures of transactions with a management entity 

that provides key management personnel services to the 
Company.

•  Certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value 

Measurement’ and the disclosures required by IFRS7 
‘Financial Instrument’ disclosures. 

• 

IFRS 2 Share-based payment in respect of Group-settled 
share-based payments. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention and on a going concern basis.

Under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and 
loss account.

2.1 Going Concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements 
through its cash reserves, overdraft facility and access to a 
revolving credit facility, which at the year end was not drawn 
upon. 

Further information on the Group’s business activities, 
together with the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position is set out in the Strategic Report 
from page 05. Further information on the financial position of 
the Group, its cash flow, liquidity position and borrowing facility 
is described in this review.

In addition, note 26 to the Group’s financial statements 
includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital, and its exposures to credit risk and 
liquidity risk.

After making enquiries, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for a period of 
at least 12 months from the date of these financial statements. 
Accordingly, the Board continues to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.

2.2 Investments
Investments are stated in the balance sheet of the Company 
at cost less amounts written off. Amounts denominated 
in foreign currency are translated into Sterling at historical 
exchange rates. 

2.3 Deferred Taxation
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable 
on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding 
tax bases used in the computation of the taxable profit, and 
is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. 
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be 
available against which deductible temporary differences can 
be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if 
the temporary differences arise from the goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of 
other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither 
the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, and interest in joint ventures, except where 
the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

113

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   113

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   113

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

Notes to the Company Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

The carrying amount of the deferred tax asset is reviewed at 
each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available 
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates expected to apply in 
the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly 
to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in 
equity.

2.4 Foreign Currencies
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
into Sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities 
are translated into Sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the 
balance sheet date. All other exchange differences are dealt 
with in the income statement.

2.5 Pensions
The Company offers defined contribution pension 
arrangements to employees. Payments to defined 
contribution pension schemes are expensed as incurred. 
The Company does not operate any defined benefit pension 
arrangements.

2.6 Share-based Payments
Some Directors are granted share options that may, if certain 
performance criteria are met, allow these employees to 
acquire shares in the Company. The specific schemes are 
detailed in note 29 to the Group’s financial statements. 

The fair value of options granted after under equity-settled 
schemes are recognised as an employee expense with a 
corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured 
at grant date and spread over the period during which the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. 
The fair value of the options granted is measured using the 
share price preceding the grant date and the number of 
shares the employee is awarded. The fair value of the awards 
is reassessed at each reporting date based on the likelihood of 
achieving the vesting criteria and the likely level of attainment 
of the vesting criteria.

Where the Company grants options over its own shares to 
the employees of its subsidiaries it recognises, in its individual 
financial statements, an increase in the cost of investment in 
its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity-settled share-based 
payment charge recognised in its consolidated financial 
statements with the corresponding credit being recognised 
directly in equity.

2.7 Own Shares Held by the Blancco  
Employee Benefit Trust
Transactions of the Company-sponsored EBT are treated as 
being those of the Company and are therefore consolidated 
in the Parent Company and Group financial statements. In 
particular, the trust’s purchases of shares in the Company are 
debited directly to equity.

2.8 Financial Instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the 
Company’s balance sheet when the Company becomes a 
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Equity Instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are initially 
recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Non-derivative Financial Instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments include cash and cash 
equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other 
payables and borrowings.

•  Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and 

short-term deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on 
demand are shown within creditors.

•  Amounts due from subsidiaries are recognised initially 
at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are 
measured at amortised cost, less a provision for expected 
lifetime credit loss.

•  Trade creditors and amounts due to subsidiaries are 
recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial 
recognition they are measured at amortised cost.

•  Bank borrowings are recognised initially at fair value net of 
directly attributable transaction costs incurred. Borrowings 
are subsequently stated at amortised cost. Any difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and 
redemption value is recognised in the income statement 
over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest method. 

The Company measures the loss provision on amounts due 
from subsidiaries by estimating the likelihood of a loss and by 
benchmarking against industry default rates.

114

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   114

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   114

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

FINANCIALS

3. Critical Judgements and Estimations in Applying the Group’s Accounting Policies
3.1 Judgements
In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management makes various judgements that can significantly 
affect the amounts recognised in the financial statements. 

The critical judgement, which does not involve management estimates of amounts disclosed in the financial statements, are 
considered to be the following:

•  Underlying assumptions used in assessing uncertain tax positions and the assessment of the recoverability of any related 
deferred tax assets, based on the likelihood of future profitability against which to offset each deferred tax asset. Uncertain 
tax positions are estimated based on management’s best estimate of the circumstances surrounding them. Judgement is 
required with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation and management considers 
whether it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. Judgement is required in assessing 
whether certain subsidiaries will generate taxable profits in the future against which to offset deferred tax assets and uses 
historic performance and committed contractual revenues in making this assessment.

3.2 Estimations 
Additionally, management are also required to make judgements over certain balances that are uncertain and therefore require a 
degree of estimation as to the amounts to be settled in future periods.

The material areas of estimation uncertainty are considered to be the following:

• 

Impairment of intercompany receivables

  Determining to what extent a loss provision is required against intercompany receivables. The receivable is illiquid given 

the annual cash flow generation of subsidiaries, therefore historical data of the Group is insufficient to provide evidence on 
default rates. Management must make a best estimate using alternative data in order to assess the likelihood of a loss. An 
increase in the loss provision rate by 1% would increase the provision by £0.8 million.

4. Staff Costs
The company has five employees (2020: 5) being the Chief Financial Officer and four Non-executive Directors (2020: the Chief 
Financial Officer and four Non-executive Directors). Aggregate staff costs of the employees are as follows:

Aggregate staff costs 

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs 

Aggregate emoluments

Aggregate amounts receivable under long-term incentive schemes* 

Company contributions to a pension scheme

* with respect to options vesting on performance conditions in each year.

2021 
£’000

745

97

3

845

2021 
£’000

745

810

3

1,558

2020
£’000

569

92

9

670

2020
£’000

569

–

9

578

Further details of the Directors’ remuneration including those of the highest paid Director are provided in the audited section of 
the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 66 to 70.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

115

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   115

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   115

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

Notes to the Company Accounts continued
for the year ended 30 June 2021

5. Investments

Cost

At 1 July 2020

Additions

Disposal

At 30 June 2021

Impairment

1 July 2020

At 30 June 2021

Net book value

30 June 2021

30 June 2020

Shares in 
subsidiary 
undertakings
£‘000

17,552

950

(67)

18,435

–

–

18,435

17,552

The additions in the year relate to the grant of options over the Company’s own shares to the employees of subsidiaries, which is 
accounted for as an increase to investments with corresponding credit in equity. Details of the schemes are found in note 29 to 
the consolidated accounts.

The disposal in the year relates to the disposal of the investment in the issued share capital of Blancco Asia Pte Limited to 
another group company. 

See note 17 in the consolidated accounts for a list of all the Company’s direct and indirect investments.

6. Debtors
Amounts falling due within one year:

Amounts due from subsidiaries

Less: loss allowance 

Amounts due from subsidiaries net of provision

Prepayments and other debtors

2021 
£’000

84,230

(1,685)

82,545

302

82,847

2020
£’000

87,604

(865)

86,739

254

86,993

Amounts due from subsidiaries are repayable on demand and interest is charged at one month LIBOR/EURIBOR rate (where 
applicable) plus a benchmarked margin. 

116

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   116

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   116

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:52

02/11/2021   18:14:52

FINANCIALS

7. Deferred Tax 
Deferred tax assets are attributable to depreciation in excess of capital allowances, losses and other timing differences are 
as follows

Property, plant and equipment

Losses
Tax assets

2021 
£’000

–

–
–

2020
£’000

51

137
188

Movements in depreciation in excess of capital allowances and other timing differences during the year are as follows:

2021

Depreciation in excess of capital allowances

Losses

2020

Depreciation in excess of capital allowances

Losses

At 1 July 
2020
£’000

51

137

188

At 1 July 
2019
£’000

51

137

188

Recognised 
in income 
statement
£’000

At 30 June 
2021
£’000

(51)

(137)

(188)

Recognised 
in income 
statement
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

At 30 June 
2020
£’000

51

137

188

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that they are considered recoverable against future taxable profits of the 
Company. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in relation to tax losses (2020: £0.2 million recognised). The unrecognised 
deferred tax asset on losses amounts to £1.0 million (2020: £0.7 million). 

8. Creditors: Amounts Falling Due Within One Year

Trade creditors

Overdraft

Amounts due to subsidiaries

Accruals

2021 
£’000

15

2,169

2,290

901

5,375

2020
£’000

70

2,946

2,648

812

6,476

Interest is charged on amounts due to subsidiaries at the central bank short-term lending rate in the jurisdiction where the 
subsidiary is based. 

The overdraft of £2.2 million (2020: £2.9 million) is offset against pooled cash balances held by other Group companies. 

9. Bank and Other Borrowings
The terms of the Company’s borrowing facility are disclosed in note 22 to the consolidated financial statements. 

10. Subsequent Events
There were no subsequent events that took place following the year ended 30 June 2021.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

117

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   117

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   117

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:53

02/11/2021   18:14:53

30634  2 November 2021 6:13 pm  V5Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 202111830634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   11830634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   11802/11/2021   18:14:5302/11/2021   18:14:5330634  2 November 2021 6:13 pm  V5Notice of AGM120Glossary124Locations126119www.blancco.com Stock Code: BLTG Blancco Technology Group Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021OTHER INFORMATIONOTHER INFORMATION30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   11930634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   11902/11/2021   18:14:5302/11/2021   18:14:53Notice of AGM

Notice is given that the Annual General Meeting of Blancco 
Technology Group plc (the “Company”) will be held at 12 noon 
on Tuesday 14 December 2021 at the offices of Buchanan, 
107 Cheapside, London, EC2V 6DN and via Microsoft Teams, 
to consider the following resolutions, of which numbers 1 to 8 
will be proposed as ordinary resolutions, and numbers 9 and 
10 as special resolutions:

1.  To receive the Annual Report and Accounts for the year 

ended 30 June 2021. 

2.  To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 

year ended 30 June 2021.

3.  To re-elect Frank Blin as a Director of the Company.

4.  To re-elect Matt Jones as a Director of the Company.

5.  To re-elect Adam Moloney as a Director of the Company.

6.  To re-elect Tom Skelton as a Director of the Company. 

7.  To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor of 
the Company to hold office until the conclusion of the 
next general meeting at which accounts are laid before 
the members and to authorise the Directors to determine 
their remuneration.

8.  That, the Directors be generally and unconditionally 
authorised in accordance with section 551 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (the “Actˮ), to exercise all the 
powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company 
and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any 
security into, shares in the Company (ˮRightsˮ) up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of £503,868 during the period 
commencing on the date of the passing of this resolution 
and such authority shall expire, unless previously revoked, 
renewed or varied, at the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company or on 13 March 2023,  
whichever is earlier, and provided further that the 
Company shall be entitled before such expiry to make an 
offer or agreement which would or might require shares to 
be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and 
the Directors shall be entitled to allot shares and grant 
Rights under such offer or agreement as if this authority 
had not expired. 

Special resolutions
9.  That, subject to the passing of resolution 8 above, the 

Directors be empowered under section 570 of the Act to 
allot equity securities as defined in section 560 of the Act, 
for cash and/or to sell ordinary shares held in treasury for 
cash as if section 561(1) of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment or sale, provided that this power shall be 
limited to:

a. 

the allotment of equity securities and sale of treasury 
shares in connection with an offer of, or invitation to 
apply for, equity securities:

i. 

ii. 

to ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly 
as may be practicable) to their existing holdings; 
and

to holders of other equity securities as required 
by the rights of those securities or as the 
directors otherwise consider necessary,

120

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

and so that the Directors may impose any limits or 
restrictions and make any arrangements which they 
consider necessary or appropriate to deal with any 
treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, 
legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the 
laws of any territory or any other matter; and 

b. 

the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury 
shares otherwise than under paragraph (a) above up 
to a nominal amount of or (in the case of any other 
equity securities) giving the right to subscribe for or 
convert into relevant shares having a nominal amount, 
not exceeding in aggregate, £151,160,

and this power shall expire, unless previously revoked, 
renewed or varied, at the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company or on 13 March 2023, 
whichever is earlier, except that the Company may before 
such expiry make offers or agreements which would or 
might require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury 
shares to be sold) after such expiry and the Directors may 
allot securities (and sell treasury shares) under such offer 
or agreement as if this power had not expired.

10.  That the Company be generally and unconditionally 

authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Act to 
make market purchases (within the meaning of section 
693(4) of the Act) of ordinary shares of 2 pence each in 
the capital of the Company, provided that:

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

the maximum number of shares which may be 
purchased is 7,558,030;

the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) that may 
be paid for a share is 2 pence;

the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may 
be paid for a share shall be an amount equal to 5% 
above the average market value for the Company’s 
shares for the five business days immediately 
preceding the day on which the share is contracted to 
be purchased; and

the authority conferred by this resolution shall, unless 
previously revoked, renewed or varied, expire at 
the end of the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company, or on 13 March 2023, whichever is earlier, 
save that the Company may, before such expiry, enter 
into a contract for the purchase of shares which 
would or might be completed wholly or partly after 
such expiry and the Company may purchase shares 
under any such contract as if this authority had not 
expired.

By order of the Board

Registered Office

Lorraine Young
For and on behalf of Lorraine 
Young Company Secretaries 
Limited
Company Secretary

10 November 2021

Suite 1, Chapel House,
Thremhall Park
Start Hill
Bishop’s Stortford
Hertfordshire 
CM22 7WE

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   120

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   120

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:53

02/11/2021   18:14:53

 
OTHER INFORMATION

Notes:
1. Attending the meeting and asking questions
This year it is our intention to hold the AGM in person, 
however, we also intend to allow shareholders to participate 
via Teams - as last year. You may submit questions to the 
board, in advance, by sending them to the company secretary 
at investors@blancco.com. If you wish to attend the AGM by 
Teams please email the company secretary at investors@
blancco.com. Please submit questions and/or request the link 
no later than 5.30pm on Monday 13 December 2021. Please 
note you will be asked to confirm certain personal details so 
that the Company can verify that you are a shareholder. In 
case the situation for meetings changes in December, you are 
encouraged to submit your proxy form, appointing the Chair 
of the meeting as your proxy and giving instructions as to how 
you wish your votes to be cast. If the arrangements for the 
AGM change, details will be posted on the Company’s website 
– www.blancco.com. Please do not attend the AGM in person if 
you feel unwell.

2. Entitlement to Appoint Proxies
Members are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any 
of their rights to attend, speak and vote on their behalf at the 
meeting. You may appoint more than one proxy in relation to 
the AGM provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the 
rights attached to a different share or shares which you hold. A 
proxy need not be a member of the Company. If you complete 
and return a form of proxy you will still be able to attend the 
AGM, speak and vote in person if you wish - subject to any 
restrictions which may be in place.

3. Appointing Proxies
You may appoint one or more proxies by:
(a)  Completing the accompanying form of proxy and returning 
it to Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZY (together with any 
power of attorney or other written authority under which it 
is signed); or

(b)  Submitting your proxy electronically by using the CREST 
proxy service. CREST members may appoint a proxy 
or proxies electronically via Computershare (ID number 
3RA50) in accordance with note 4 below.

To appoint more than one proxy, you may either photocopy 
the form of proxy accompanying this Notice or contact 
Computershare on 0370 889 4099 to request additional 
forms of proxy. If you return more than one proxy appointment 
in respect of the same shareholding, the proxy last received 
by Computershare before the latest time for the receipt of 
proxies will take precedence. To be valid, any proxy form or 
other instrument appointing a proxy must be deposited with 
Computershare or lodged via the CREST proxy service (in 
each case) no later than 12 noon on 10 December 2021.

4. Electronic Proxy Appointment Through CREST
CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies 
using the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may 
do so by following the procedures described in the CREST 
Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored 
members, and those CREST members who have appointed a 
voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor 
or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment made by means of CREST 
to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a CREST Proxy 
Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance 
with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited (EUI) specifications and 
must contain the information required for such instructions, 
as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless 
of whether it relates to the appointment of a proxy or to an 
amendment to the instructions given to a previously appointed 
proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be 
received by the issuer’s agent (ID 3RA50) by 12 noon on  
10 December 2021. 

For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time 
(as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by 
the CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent 
is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the 
manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of 
instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be 
communicated to the appointee through other means. 

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST 
sponsors or voting service provider(s) should note that EUI 
does not make available special procedures in CREST for any 
particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations 
will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy 
Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member 
concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a 
voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor 
or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be 
necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means 
of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, 
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors 
or voting service provider(s) are referred, in particular, to those 
sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations 
of the CREST system and timings.

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction 
in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

5. Joint Holders
In the case of joint holdings, only one holder needs to sign the 
form of proxy. The vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote 
will be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint 
holders, seniority for this purpose being determined by the 
order in which the names stand in the register of members in 
respect of joint holdings.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

121

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   121

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   121

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:53

02/11/2021   18:14:53

Notice of AGM continued

6. Entitlement to Attend and Vote
In accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001, only those whose names are on the 
register of members of the Company at the close of business 
two days (excluding non-working days) before the meeting or 
any adjourned meeting, shall be entitled to attend or vote at the 
meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their 
name at that time. Changes to entries in the register of members 
after that time shall be disregarded in determining the rights of 
any person to attend or vote at the meeting.

7. Corporate Representatives
Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more 
corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all 
of its powers as a member provided that they do not do so in 
relation to the same shares.

8. Voting Rights
As at 1 November 2021 (being the latest practicable date prior 
to the publication of this Notice), the Company’s issued share 
capital consisted of 75,580,296 ordinary shares, carrying one 
vote each. There were no shares held in treasury, therefore 
the total voting rights in the Company as at that date were 
75,580,296. 

9. Communicating with the Company in relation to the AGM
Except as provided above, shareholders wishing to 
communicate with the Company in relation to the AGM should 
write to the Company Secretary c/o the Company’s registered 
office or send an email to investors@blancco.com.

You may not use any electronic address provided either in this 
notice or any related documents (including the proxy form), to 
communicate with the Company for any purposes other than 
those expressly stated.

10. Voting Results
The Company will publish the results of the AGM 
via a regulatory announcement and on its website 
www.blancco.com.

Explanation of Business
Resolution 1: To receive the report and accounts
Company law requires the Directors to present the Annual 
Report and Accounts of the Company to shareholders in 
respect of each financial year. 

Resolution 2: To approve the remuneration report
As the Company’s shares are traded on AIM, it is not required 
to put the remuneration report to shareholders for approval. 
However, the Directors recognise the importance of adopting 
best practice corporate governance and are therefore putting 
the remuneration report to shareholders for approval voluntarily. 
The remuneration report is set out on pages 66 to 70 of the 
Annual Report. It describes the Group’s policy on remuneration 
and gives details of Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 
30 June 2021. The vote is advisory and does not affect the 
actual remuneration paid to any individual Director.

Resolutions 3 to 6: To re-elect Directors
Frank Blin, Matt Jones, Adam Moloney and Tom Skelton retire 
by rotation under the Company’s articles of association and 
offer themselves for re-election at the AGM. Biographical 
details for each of the Directors are given on pages 52 and 53 
of the Annual Report. 

Frank Blin has many years of high level audit and business 
advisory experience, including in M&A. His previous 
international board roles enable him to bring extensive 
commercial expertise to Board discussions on strategy. Frank 
is a chartered accountant, and his long career with one of the 
big four accountancy firms where he held a number of senior 
leadership positions, makes him extremely well qualified to 
chair the Audit Committee. 

Matt Jones has a proven track record of highly effective 
business leadership and consistently delivering on growth 
strategies for technology companies, which he has 
successfully continued during his tenure at Blancco, as he has 
established his executive team, refocused the strategy and 
driven the business forward in a positive direction. Matt has 
also led on the initiatives on setting a new vision, mission and 
values for the business and has facilitated the implementation 
of a culture of openness and inclusion. 

Adam Moloney has almost 20 years’ experience of operating 
as a Chief Financial Officer of an AIM listed international 
technology company. Over that period, Adam’s financial 
management skills have assisted the companies in delivering 
consistent and significant growth in revenue, profit, cash and 
shareholder value. He also has extensive experience of M&A 
transactions and governance, which he has built on over the 
past three years at Blancco. He has instigated many of the ESG 
initiatives (including reporting), which Blancco is now pursuing, 
both for its own business operations and those of its clients.

Tom Skelton has broad business and senior leadership 
expertise gained over his lengthy career in US-based 
technology companies. He brings useful insights to Board 
discussions, particularly those on strategy and change 
management. He has a passion for building strong cultures, 
which support innovation and inclusion. His experience serving 
as a director on several UK listed plc boards equips him with 
the governance insights essential to chair the Remuneration 
Committee. 

The Board unanimously recommends Frank’s, Matt’s, Adam’s 
and Tom’s re-election.

Resolution 7: To reappoint the auditors and authorise the 
Board to determine their remuneration
A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers will be 
put to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. In line 
with usual practice, shareholders are also asked to authorise 
the Board to determine the remuneration of the auditor. In 
practice, the Audit Committee will consider the audit fees and 
recommend them to the Board.

122

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   122

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   122

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:53

02/11/2021   18:14:53

OTHER INFORMATION

Resolution 10: Authority to buy back shares
Under company law, the Company requires authorisation from 
shareholders if it wishes to purchase its own shares. Resolution 
10 seeks to renew the authority given at the last Annual General 
Meeting. The resolution specifies the maximum number of 
shares that may be purchased (approximately 10% of the 
Company’s issued share capital) and the highest and lowest 
prices at which they may be bought. 

If the Company buys back its own shares it may cancel them 
immediately or hold them in treasury. Treasury shares may 
be sold for cash, cancelled or used to satisfy awards under 
employee share schemes. The Directors believe that it is 
desirable for the Company to have this choice as it will give 
flexibility in the management of its capital base. 

The Directors have no present intention of exercising this 
authority but will keep under review the Company’s potential 
to buy back its shares, taking into account other investment 
and funding opportunities. The authority will only be used if 
in the opinion of the Directors this will result in an increase in 
earnings per share or would otherwise be in the best interests 
of shareholders generally. 

No dividends will be paid on, and no voting rights will be 
exercised in respect of, treasury shares. 

Resolution 8: Directors’ authority to allot shares
At the 2020 Annual General Meeting, the Directors were 
given authority to allot shares in the Company and Resolution 
8 seeks to renew that authority until the conclusion of the 
next Annual General Meeting or 13 March 2023, whichever 
is earlier. The resolution would give the Directors authority 
to allot ordinary shares, and grant rights to subscribe for or 
convert any security into shares in the Company, up to an 
aggregate nominal value of £503,868. This amount represents 
one-third of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
as at 1 November 2021, the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this document. The Directors have no present 
intention to allot new shares other than in connection with the 
employee share incentive plans.

Resolution 9: Disapplication of pre-emption rights 
If Directors of a company wish to allot shares in the company, 
or to sell treasury shares, for cash (other than in connection 
with an employee share scheme), company law requires that 
these shares are offered first to shareholders in proportion to 
their existing holdings. 

The purpose of Resolution 9 is to authorise the Directors to 
allot shares in the Company, or sell treasury shares, for cash  
(i) in connection with a rights issue; and, otherwise, (ii) up to  
a nominal value of £151,160, equivalent to 10% of the  
total issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at  
1 November 2021 without the shares first being offered to 
existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings. This 
level of authority is required in order to give the Company 
flexibility in the event of acquisition opportunities and major 
shareholders will be consulted in advance of the authority 
being exercised. 

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

123

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   123

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   123

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:53

02/11/2021   18:14:53

Glossary

Adjusted earnings per share: Adjusted earnings are stated 
before amortisation or impairment of acquired intangible 
assets, amortisation of bank fees, exceptional income, 
acquisition costs, share-based payments, losses on disposals 
of investments and jointly controlled entities, unwinding of 
the discounted contingent consideration, adjustments to 
estimates of contingent consideration, and tax impacts of the 
above. Adjusted earnings per share is the key earnings per 
share measure used by the Board. 

Adjusted EBITDA: Adjusted operating profit with depreciation 
of property, plant and equipment and amortisation of 
intangible assets added back.

Adjusted operating cash flow or AOCF: Operating cash flow 
excluding taxation, interest payments and receipts, acquisition 
costs, and exceptional restructuring costs. This measure 
excludes capital expenditure. This is the key operating cash 
flow measure used by the Board to assess the underlying cash 
flow of the Group. 

Adjusted operating profit or AOP: Operating profit stated 
before acquisition costs (because these are one-off in 
nature), exceptional restructuring costs (because these are 
not considered to reflect the underlying performance of the 
Group’s operating business), share-based payment charges 
(because these represent a non-cash accounting charge for 
long-term incentives to senior management rather than the 
underlying operations of the Group’s business), amortisation 
or impairment of acquired intangible assets (because these 
are non-cash charges arising as a result of the application 
of acquisition accounting, rather than core operations) and 
disposal of subsidiaries (because these represent a one-off 
non-cash charge to the consolidated income statement).

Basic earnings per share: Profit after tax attributable to the 
equity holders of the Company, stated per share.

Capital expenditure: Expenditure on property, plant and 
equipment, intangible assets, and capitalised R&D.

Carrier: One of the three key sectors of the mobile market, 
along with Retail and Third-Party Logistics. A mobile carrier is 
a wireless service provider that supplies cellular connectivity 
services to mobile phone and tablet subscribers. 

Cash conversion: Adjusted operating cash flow stated as a 
percentage of adjusted operating profit.

Circular economy: A system that is restorative or 
regenerative by intention and design. It replaces the end-
of-life concept with restoration and aims for the elimination 
of waste through the superior design of materials, products, 
systems and business models. 

Compound annual growth rate (CAGR): Accumulated growth 
rate over a number of periods.

Contingent consideration: A future cash payment for 
vendors of acquired companies, contingent on that 
Company’s performance in a predetermined period after 
acquisition. This is reported within the balance sheet and 
reassessed at each reporting period.

Constant currency basis: The results of the Group when 
translating the performance of foreign operations in to Sterling 
at the foreign exchange rates observed in the prior period. This 
allows comparison of like-for-like results with the elimination of 
foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

Data Centre/Enterprise: one of the three end-user markets 
alongside Mobile and ITAD. Blancco provides data sanitisation 
software that integrates within the Enterprise ecosystem. 

Data sanitisation: The managing of data that is no longer 
required by organisations. 

Diluted adjusted earnings per share: Adjusted earnings per 
share stated after adjustments to the number of shares for 
convertible share options.

Diluted earnings per share: Basic earnings per share stated 
after adjustments to the number of shares for convertible 
share options.

E-waste: Discarded electronic appliances such as mobile 
phones, computers and other electronic equipment. 

Earn-out: See contingent consideration.

Forward contracts (currency hedging): A banking 
mechanism for fixing the future exchange rates for known and 
committed cash flows in order to mitigate the exposure of the 
Group to movements on exchange rates for these cash flows.

GDPR: General Data Protection Regulation. The General 
Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is a legal framework that 
sets guidelines for the collection and processing of personal 
information from individuals who live in the European Union.

Gross debt: The total external borrowings of the Group, net of 
capitalised bank fees.

IDC: International Data Corporation. The International Data 
Corporation is a premier global provider of market intelligence, 
advisory services and events, offering global, regional and 
local expertise on technology and industry opportunities and 
trends. 

124

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   124

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   124

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:53

02/11/2021   18:14:53

OTHER INFORMATION

ISV: An independent software vendor. ISV partners provide 
software solutions that are run on or integrated with partner 
platforms. 

ITAD: IT Asset Disposition. This is the business built around 
disposing of obsolete or unwanted equipment in a safe and 
ecologically responsible manner. 

Retail: One of the three key areas in the Mobile market, along 
with Carrier and Third-Party Logistics

Save As You Earn (SAYE): A sharesave scheme operated by 
the Group since March 2021, allowing staff to join a scheme 
to purchase shares at a discount after a three year saving 
requirement has been fulfilled.

LTE Networks: A fourth generation (4G) high-performance 
wireless mobile communication system.

Subscription (revenue stream): Contracts with customers 
which are for a fixed term, typically one to three years.

Third-Party Logistics: An area of the Mobile market, 
alongside Carrier and Retail, consisting of companies who 
take possession of large volumes of handsets and prepare 
them ready for resale, repair of recycle. For these companies, 
efficiency is crucial as they are focused on processing high 
volumes in the shortest time frame to retain handset value. 

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): 
An agenda set by the United Nations to promote global 
improvements in socio-economic conditions, by driving 
improvements in areas such as poverty and inequality, 
and engaging in strategies that improve health, education, 
environmental matters and spur economic growth.

Volume (revenue stream): Contracts with customers that 
involve an upfront delivery of licences, and typically no 
additional obligations to the customer.

Working capital: A measure of the Group’s current liquidity 
by showing how much cash has been invested in day-to-day 
trading. Working capital is the sum of stock, current debtors, 
contract assets, current creditors and accrued payments.

M&A: Mergers and acquisitions. This is the Group’s activity 
in acquisitions of other companies, both to full and part 
ownership.

Mobile: One of our three end-user markets along with ITAD 
and Data Centre/Enterprise. The mobile market has three main 
sectors: Carrier, Retail and Third-Party Logistics. 

Net cash/debt: Cash stated after offsetting gross debt 
against cash reserves.

Non-controlling interest: The Group does not fully own some 
of its subsidiaries, and for those in which the ownership is 
shared, the other party is the non-controlling interest. This is 
relevant for all subsidiaries in which the Group owns (directly 
or indirectly) between 50% and 99% of the share capital; in 
the current and prior period these are only some Blancco 
sales offices. At the end of each reporting period, the Group 
must allocate the non-controlling interest of its share of profits 
and net assets in the subsidiary in which the ownership is 
shared, which are recorded through the consolidated income 
statement and consolidated balance sheet respectively.

OEM: An Original Equipment Manufacturer.

Operating cash flow: Cash flows originating from 
transactions in the core operational activities of the Group, 
for example cash flows resulting from revenues earned and 
expenditure paid. This excludes cash flows relating to investing 
or financing activities.

Operating margin: Operating profit stated as a percentage of 
revenue.

R&D: Research and development into new technologies to 
improve client service, reduce costs or enhance revenue.

Repair Services business: Part of the Aftermarket 
Services segment that was disposed of on 4 April 2016 
to Communications Test Design Inc. for a consideration of 
€103.5 million (£79.9 million). This represents the Group’s 
previous Depot Solutions and Advanced Solutions divisions, 
excluding Digital Care.

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

www.blancco.com 
Stock Code: BLTG 

125

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   125

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   125

30634 

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:54

02/11/2021   18:14:54

Locations

Australia
Gateway Tower, Level 36
1 Macquarie Place
Circular Quay
NSW 2000

China
17/F, Tower D1
DRC Diplomatic Office Building
No.19 Dongfangdong Road
Chaoyang District
Beijing
100016

Finland
Upseerinkatu 1-3
FIN-02600 Espoo 

Länsikatu 15
FIN-80110 Joensuu

Hermiankatu 6-8 D
FI-33720 Tampere

France
2, Allée de la Marque
Centre d’Affaires du Molinel
Bât E – 2ème étage
59290 Wasquehal

Germany
Monreposstraβe 53
D-71634 Ludwigsburg

David-Gilly Straße 1
D-14469 Potsdam

India
Sai Radhe Complex,
B Wing, Ofc No.109,
Urbanwrk Floor5 Sangamwadi,
Kennedy Rd, Bhd Hotel Sheraton Grand,
Pune MH 411001

Ireland
Ground Floor
6 Lapps Quay
Cork
T12 VY7W

Japan
Gaien Building 5F
2-23-8 Minami-Aoyama, Minato-ku
Tokyo, 107-0062

Korea
514, JNK Digital Tower
111, Digital-ro 26-gil
Guro-gu
Seoul
08390

Malaysia
Unit 19-10, Level 19
Tower A, Vertical Business Unit
Avenue 3, Bangsar South
No. 8 Jalan Kerinchi
59200 Kuala Lumpur

Netherlands
Schiphol Boulevard 127 
1118 BG Schiphol

Singapore
1 Paya Lebar Link
#04-01
Paya Lebar Quarter
408533

Sweden
Franzengatan 53
112 15 Stockholm  

United Arab Emirates
Distribution by H3 Secure
Level 9, Office 903-11
Reef Tower, Cluster O, JLT
Dubai

United Kingdom
Suite 1, Chapel House
Thremhall Park
Start Hill
Bishops Stortford
Hertfordshire
CM22 7WE

United States
555 Northpoint Center E.
Suite 400
Alpharetta
GA 30022

10801 N. Mopac Expressway
Bldg. 1
Suite 350
Austin
TX 78759

126

Blancco Technology Group 
Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   126

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   126

30634 

Job number 2 November 2021 6:13 pm V0

  2 November 2021 6:13 pm 

  V5

02/11/2021   18:14:54

02/11/2021   18:14:54

Blancco Technology Group 

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2021

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   3

30634-Blancco-AR2021 - Financials.indd   3

Job number 2 November 2021 6:13 pm V0

02/11/2021   18:14:54

02/11/2021   18:14:54

30634 2 November 2021 6:00 pm V7Blancco Technology Group plcSuite 1, Chapel House,Start HillBishop’s StortfordHertfordshire, CM22 7WET: +44 (0) 20 3637 6283Company number: 05113820Stock Code: BLTGBLANCCO | ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS for the year ended 30 June 202130634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   330634-Blancco-AR2021.indd   302/11/2021   18:02:4402/11/2021   18:02:44